TI1 MSP430F6433IPZR Mixed-signal microcontroller Datasheet

Product
Folder
Sample &
Buy
Technical
Documents
Tools &
Software
Support &
Community
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
MSP430F643x Mixed-Signal Microcontrollers
1 Device Overview
1.1
Features
1
• Low Supply Voltage Range: 1.8 V to 3.6 V
• Ultra-Low Power Consumption
– Active Mode (AM):
All System Clocks Active:
270 µA/MHz at 8 MHz, 3.0 V, Flash Program
Execution (Typical)
– Standby Mode (LPM3):
Watchdog With Crystal and Supply Supervisor
Operational, Full RAM Retention, Fast Wakeup:
1.8 µA at 2.2 V, 2.1 µA at 3.0 V (Typical)
– Shutdown Real-Time Clock (RTC) Mode
(LPM3.5):
Shutdown Mode, Active RTC With Crystal:
1.1 µA at 3.0 V (Typical)
– Shutdown Mode (LPM4.5):
0.3 µA at 3.0 V (Typical)
• Wake up From Standby Mode in 3 µs (Typical)
• 16-Bit RISC Architecture, Extended Memory, up to
20-MHz System Clock
• Flexible Power-Management System
– Fully Integrated LDO With Programmable
Regulated Core Supply Voltage
– Supply Voltage Supervision, Monitoring, and
Brownout
• Unified Clock System
– FLL Control Loop for Frequency Stabilization
– Low-Power Low-Frequency Internal Clock
Source (VLO)
– Low-Frequency Trimmed Internal Reference
Source (REFO)
– 32-kHz Crystals (XT1)
– High-Frequency Crystals up to 32 MHz (XT2)
1.2
•
•
•
• Four 16-Bit Timers With 3, 5, or 7
Capture/Compare Registers
• Two Universal Serial Communication Interfaces
(USCIs)
– USCI_A0 and USCI_A1 Each Support:
• Enhanced UART Supports Automatic BaudRate Detection
• IrDA Encoder and Decoder
• Synchronous SPI
– USCI_B0 and USCI_B1 Each Support:
• I2C
• Synchronous SPI
• Integrated 3.3-V Power System
• 12-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) With
Internal Shared Reference, Sample-and-Hold, and
Autoscan Feature
• Dual 12-Bit Digital-to-Analog Converters (DACs)
With Synchronization
• Voltage Comparator
• Integrated Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Driver With
Contrast Control for up to 160 Segments
• Hardware Multiplier Supports 32-Bit Operations
• Serial Onboard Programming, No External
Programming Voltage Needed
• Six-Channel Internal DMA
• RTC Module With Supply Voltage Backup Switch
• Table 3-1 Summarizes the Available Family
Members
• For Complete Module Descriptions, See the
MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's
Guide (SLAU208)
Applications
Analog and Digital Sensor Systems
Digital Motor Control
Remote Controls
•
•
•
Thermostats
Digital Timers
Hand-Held Meters
1
An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications,
intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCTION DATA.
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
1.3
www.ti.com
Description
The TI MSP430™ family of ultra-low-power microcontrollers consists of several devices featuring different
sets of peripherals targeted for various applications. The architecture, combined with five low-power
modes, is optimized to achieve extended battery life in portable measurement applications. The device
features a powerful 16-bit RISC CPU, 16-bit registers, and constant generators that contribute to
maximum code efficiency. The digitally controlled oscillator (DCO) allows the device to wake up from lowpower modes to active mode in 3 µs (typical).
The MSP430F643x devices are microcontrollers with an integrated 3.3-V LDO, a high-performance 12-bit
ADC, a comparator, two USCIs, a hardware multiplier, DMA, four 16-bit timers, an RTC module with alarm
capabilities, an LCD driver, and up to 74 I/O pins.
Device Information (1)
PACKAGE
BODY SIZE (2)
MSP430F6438IPZ
LQFP (100)
14 mm × 14 mm
MSP430F6438IZQW
BGA (113)
7 mm × 7 mm
PART NUMBER
(1)
(2)
2
For the most current device, package, and ordering information, see the Package Option Addendum in
Section 8, or see the TI website at www.ti.com.
The sizes shown here are approximations. For the package dimensions with tolerances, see the
Mechanical Data in Section 8.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
1.4
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Functional Block Diagrams
Figure 1-1 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430F6438 and MSP430F6436 devices.
XIN XOUT
DVCC
DVSS
AVCC
AVSS
RST/NMI
P1.x
XT2IN
XT2OUT
Unified
Clock
System
ACLK
SMCLK
MCLK
Power
Management
256KB
128KB
18KB
RAM
Flash
+8B Backup
RAM
SYS
Watchdog
LDO
SVM/SVS
Brownout
P2 Port
Mapping
Controller
PA
P2.x
I/O Ports
P1/P2
2×8 I/Os
Interrupt
Capability
PA
1×16 I/Os
P3.x
PB
P4.x
I/O Ports
P3/P4
2×8 I/Os
Interrupt
Capability
PB
1×16 I/Os
P5.x
PC
P6.x
P7.x
I/O Ports
P5/P6
2×8 I/Os
PD
P8.x
I/O Ports
P7/P8
1×6 I/Os
1×8 I/Os
PC
1×16 I/Os
PD
1×14 I/Os
PU.0
LDOO LDOI
PU.1
P9.x
I/O Ports
P9
1×8 I/Os
PE
1×8 I/Os
USCI0,1
PU Port
Ax: UART,
IrDA, SPI
LDO
Bx: SPI, I2C
CPUXV2
and
Working
Registers
EEM
(L: 8+2)
DMA
TA0
JTAG/
SBW
Interface/
MPY32
Port PJ
Timer_A
5 CC
Registers
PJ.x
TA1 and
TA2
2 Timer_A
each with
3 CC
Registers
ADC12_A
RTC_B
TB0
Timer_B
7 CC
Registers
CRC16
Comp_B
Battery
Backup
System
12 Bit
200 KSPS
16 Channels
(12 ext/4 int)
Autoscan
LCD_B
DAC12_A
REF
12 bit
2 channels
voltage out
Reference
1.5V, 2.0V,
2.5V
6 Channel
160
Segments
Figure 1-1. Functional Block Diagram – MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436
Figure 1-2 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430F6435 and MSP430F6433 devices.
XIN XOUT
DVCC
DVSS
AVCC
AVSS
RST/NMI
P1.x
XT2IN
XT2OUT
Unified
Clock
System
MCLK
ACLK
SMCLK
Power
Management
256KB
128KB
18KB/
10KB
RAM
Flash
+8B Backup
RAM
SYS
Watchdog
LDO
SVM/SVS
Brownout
P2 Port
Mapping
Controller
PA
P2.x
P3.x
PB
P4.x
I/O Ports
P1/P2
2×8 I/Os
Interrupt
Capability
I/O Ports
P3/P4
2×8 I/Os
Interrupt
Capability
PA
1×16 I/Os
PB
1×16 I/Os
P5.x
PC
P6.x
P7.x
I/O Ports
P5/P6
2×8 I/Os
PC
1×16 I/Os
PD
P8.x
I/O Ports
P7/P8
1×6 I/Os
1×8 I/Os
PD
1×14 I/Os
PU.0
LDOO LDOI
PU.1
P9.x
I/O Ports
P9
1×8 I/Os
PE
1×8 I/Os
USCI0,1
PU Port
Ax: UART,
IrDA, SPI
LDO
Bx: SPI, I2C
CPUXV2
and
Working
Registers
EEM
(L: 8+2)
JTAG/
SBW
Interface/
Port PJ
PJ.x
DMA
TA0
MPY32
Timer_A
5 CC
Registers
TA1 and
TA2
2 Timer_A
each with
3 CC
Registers
ADC12_A
LCD_B
RTC_B
TB0
Timer_B
7 CC
Registers
CRC16
Battery
Backup
System
Comp_B
12 Bit
200 KSPS
16 Channels
(12 ext/4 int)
Autoscan
REF
Reference
1.5V, 2.0V,
2.5V
6 Channel
160
Segments
Figure 1-2. Functional Block Diagram – MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Device Overview
3
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Table of Contents
1
2
3
4
Device Overview ......................................... 1
5.29
Timer_B, Timer TB0
1.1
Features .............................................. 1
5.30
Battery Backup ...................................... 33
1.2
Applications ........................................... 1
5.31
USCI (UART Mode) ................................. 34
1.3
Description ............................................ 2
5.32
USCI (SPI Master Mode)............................ 34
1.4
Functional Block Diagrams ........................... 3
5.33
USCI (SPI Slave Mode) ............................. 36
Revision History ......................................... 5
Device Comparison ..................................... 6
Terminal Configuration and Functions .............. 7
5.34
USCI (I2C Mode) .................................... 38
5.35
LCD_B, Recommended Operating Conditions...... 39
5.36
5.37
LCD_B, Electrical Characteristics ................... 40
12-Bit ADC, Power Supply and Input Range
Conditions ........................................... 41
5.38
5.39
12-Bit ADC, Timing Parameters ....................
12-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters Using an External
Reference Voltage ..................................
12-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters Using AVCC as
Reference Voltage ..................................
12-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters Using the Internal
Reference Voltage ..................................
41
5.42
12-Bit ADC, Temperature Sensor and Built-In VMID
43
...........................
44
4.1
Pin Designation – MSP430F6438IPZ,
MSP430F6436IPZ .................................... 7
Pin Designation – MSP430F6435IPZ,
MSP430F6433IPZ .................................... 8
Pin Designation – MSP430F6438IZQW,
MSP430F6436IZQW, MSP430F6435IZQW,
MSP430F6433IZQW ................................. 9
4.2
4.3
Signal Descriptions .................................. 10
4.4
5
5.41
Specifications ........................................... 17
33
42
42
42
5.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings ......................... 17
5.2
ESD Ratings
........................................
17
5.43
REF, External Reference
5.3
5.4
Recommended Operating Conditions ...............
Active Mode Supply Current Into VCC Excluding
External Current .....................................
Low-Power Mode Supply Currents (Into VCC)
Excluding External Current..........................
Low-Power Mode With LCD Supply Currents (Into
VCC) Excluding External Current ....................
17
5.44
REF, Built-In Reference ............................. 45
5.45
12-Bit DAC, Supply Specifications .................. 46
5.46
12-Bit DAC, Linearity Specifications ................ 46
5.47
12-Bit DAC, Output Specifications .................. 48
5.48
12-Bit DAC, Reference Input Specifications ........ 49
5.5
5.6
19
19
20
5.49
12-Bit DAC, Dynamic Specifications ................ 49
5.7
Thermal Resistance Characteristics ................ 21
5.50
12-Bit DAC, Dynamic Specifications (Continued) ... 50
5.8
Schmitt-Trigger Inputs – General-Purpose I/O...... 22
5.51
Comparator_B ....................................... 51
5.9
Inputs – Ports P1, P2, P3, and P4 .................. 22
5.52
Ports PU.0 and PU.1 ................................ 52
5.10
5.11
Leakage Current – General-Purpose I/O ........... 22
Outputs – General-Purpose I/O (Full Drive
Strength) ............................................ 22
Outputs – General-Purpose I/O (Reduced Drive
Strength) ............................................ 23
5.53
LDO-PWR (LDO Power System)
5.54
Flash Memory ....................................... 54
5.55
JTAG and Spy-Bi-Wire Interface .................... 54
5.12
5.13
5.14
5.15
6
Output Frequency – Ports P1, P2, and P3.......... 23
Typical Characteristics – Outputs, Reduced Drive
Strength (PxDS.y = 0) ............................... 24
Typical Characteristics – Outputs, Full Drive
Strength (PxDS.y = 1) ............................... 25
.....
5.16
Crystal Oscillator, XT1, Low-Frequency Mode
5.17
5.18
Crystal Oscillator, XT2 .............................. 27
Internal Very-Low-Power Low-Frequency Oscillator
(VLO) ................................................ 28
Internal Reference, Low-Frequency Oscillator
(REFO) .............................................. 28
5.19
4
5.40
................................
26
5.20
DCO Frequency ..................................... 29
5.21
PMM, Brownout Reset (BOR)....................... 30
5.22
PMM, Core Voltage ................................. 30
5.23
PMM, SVS High Side ............................... 31
5.24
PMM, SVM High Side ............................... 31
5.25
PMM, SVS Low Side ................................ 32
5.26
5.27
PMM, SVM Low Side ............................... 32
Wake-up Times From Low-Power Modes and
Reset ................................................ 32
5.28
Timer_A, Timers TA0, TA1, and TA2 ............... 33
Table of Contents
7
...................
53
Detailed Description ................................... 55
............................................ 55
................................................. 55
6.3
Instruction Set ....................................... 56
6.4
Operating Modes .................................... 57
6.5
Interrupt Vector Addresses.......................... 58
6.6
Memory .............................................. 59
6.7
Bootloader (BSL) .................................... 60
6.8
JTAG Operation ..................................... 60
6.9
Flash Memory (Link to User's Guide) ............... 61
6.10 RAM (Link to User's Guide) ......................... 62
6.11 Backup RAM ........................................ 62
6.12 Peripherals .......................................... 62
6.13 Input/Output Schematics ............................ 84
6.14 Device Descriptors ................................. 107
Device and Documentation Support .............. 108
7.1
Device Support..................................... 108
7.2
Documentation Support ............................ 111
7.3
Related Links ...................................... 111
7.4
Community Resources............................. 112
7.5
Trademarks ........................................ 112
6.1
Overview
6.2
CPU
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
...................
7.6
Electrostatic Discharge Caution
7.7
Export Control Notice .............................. 112
112
7.8
8
Glossary............................................ 112
Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable
Information ............................................. 112
2 Revision History
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.
Changes from August 5, 2013 to December 8, 2015
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Page
Document format and organization changes throughout, including addition of section numbering........................ 1
Moved all functional block diagrams to Section 1.4, Functional Block Diagrams ............................................ 3
Added USB column to Table 3-1, Family Members ............................................................................. 6
Added Section 3, Device Comparison, and moved Table 3-1, Family Members to it ....................................... 6
Added "Port U is supplied by the LDOO rail" to the PU.0 and PU.1 descriptions in Table 4-1, Signal Descriptions .. 14
Moved all electrical specifications to Section 5 ................................................................................. 17
Added Section 5.2, ESD Ratings.................................................................................................. 17
Added note to CVCORE ............................................................................................................... 17
Added Section 5.7, Thermal Characteristics .................................................................................... 21
Added note to RPull .................................................................................................................. 22
Changed TYP value of CL,eff with Test Conditions of "XTS = 0, XCAPx = 0" from 2 pF to 1 pF ......................... 26
In VBAT3 parameter description, changed from "VBAT3 ≠ VBAT/3" to "VBAT3 = VBAT/3" ........................................ 33
Changed from fDAC12_0OUT to fDAC12_1OUT in the first row of the Test Conditions for the "Channel-to-channel
crosstalk" parameter ................................................................................................................ 50
Changed the value of DAC12_xDAT from 7F7h to F7Fh and changed the x-axis label from fToggle to 1/fToggle in
Figure 5-22, Crosstalk Test Conditions .......................................................................................... 50
Corrected the spelling of the MRG bits in the fMCLK,MRG parameter ........................................................... 54
Removed RTC_B from LPM4.5 wake-up options ............................................................................... 57
Throughout document, changed all instances of "bootstrap loader" to "bootloader" ....................................... 60
Added the paragraph that starts "The application report Using the MSP430 RTC_B..." .................................. 64
Corrected names of interrupt events PMMSWBOR (BOR) and PMMSWPOR (POR) in Table 6-10, System
Module Interrupt Vector Registers ................................................................................................ 65
Corrected spelling of NMIIFG (added missing "I") in Table 6-10, System Module Interrupt Vector Registers.......... 65
Added connection from "LCDS40...LCDS42" to AND gate in Figure 6-7, Port P5 (P5.2 to P5.7) Schematic .......... 93
Added P7SEL.2 and XT2BYPASS inputs with AND and OR gates in Figure 6-10, Port P7 (P7.3) Schematic ........ 97
Changed P7SEL.3 column from X to 0 for "P7.3 (I/O)" rows .................................................................. 97
Changed Table 6-61, Port PU.0, PU.1 Functions ............................................................................. 104
Added Section 7 and moved Development Tools Support, Device and Development Tool Nomenclature,
Trademarks, and Electrostatic Discharge Caution sections to it ............................................................ 108
Added Section 8, Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information ..................................................... 112
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Revision History
5
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
3 Device Comparison
Table 3-1 summarizes the available family members.
Table 3-1. Family Members (1) (2)
USCI
DEVICE
SRAM
(KB)
MSP430F6438
256
18
5, 3, 3
7
2
MSP430F6436
128
18
5, 3, 3
7
MSP430F6435
256
18
5, 3, 3
MSP430F6433
128
10
5, 3, 3
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
6
CHANNEL CHANNEL
A:
B:
UART,
SPI, I2C
IrDA, SPI
FLASH
(KB)
Timer_A
(3)
ADC12_A
(Ch)
DAC12_A
(Ch)
Comp_B
(Ch)
USB
I/O
PACKAGE
2
12 ext,
4 int
2
12
No
74
100 PZ,
113 ZQW
2
2
12 ext,
4 int
2
12
No
74
100 PZ,
113 ZQW
7
2
2
12 ext,
4 int
-
12
No
74
100 PZ,
113 ZQW
7
2
2
12 ext,
4 int
-
12
No
74
100 PZ,
113 ZQW
Timer_B
(4)
For the most current package and ordering information, see the Package Option Addendum in Section 8, or see the TI website at
www.ti.com.
Package drawings, standard packing quantities, thermal data, symbolization, and PCB design guidelines are available at
www.ti.com/packaging.
Each number in the sequence represents an instantiation of Timer_A with its associated number of capture/compare registers and PWM
output generators available. For example, a number sequence of 3, 5 would represent two instantiations of Timer_A, the first
instantiation having 3 and the second instantiation having 5 capture/compare registers and PWM output generators, respectively.
Each number in the sequence represents an instantiation of Timer_B with its associated number of capture/compare registers and PWM
output generators available. For example, a number sequence of 3, 5 would represent two instantiations of Timer_B, the first
instantiation having 3 and the second instantiation having 5 capture/compare registers and PWM output generators, respectively.
Device Comparison
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
4 Terminal Configuration and Functions
4.1
Pin Designation – MSP430F6438IPZ, MSP430F6436IPZ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
MSP430F6438
MSP430F6436
PZ PACKAGE
(TOP VIEW)
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
P9.7/S0
P9.6/S1
P9.5/S2
P9.4/S3
P9.3/S4
P9.2/S5
P9.1/S6
P9.0/S7
P8.7/S8
P8.6/UCB1SOMI/UCB1SCL/S9
P8.5/UCB1SIMO/UCB1SDA/S10
DVCC2
DVSS2
P8.4/UCB1CLK/UCA1STE/S11
P8.3/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI/S12
P8.2/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO/S13
P8.1/UCB1STE/UCA1CLK/S14
P8.0/TB0CLK/S15
P4.7/TB0OUTH/SVMOUT/S16
P4.6/TB0.6/S17
P4.5/TB0.5/S18
P4.4/TB0.4/S19
P4.3/TB0.3/S20
P4.2/TB0.2/S21
P4.1/TB0.1/S22
P5.2/R23
LCDCAP/R33
COM0
P5.3/COM1/S42
P5.4/COM2/S41
P5.5/COM3/S40
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK/S39
P1.1/TA0.0/S38
P1.2/TA0.1/S37
P1.3/TA0.2/S36
P1.4/TA0.3/S35
P1.5/TA0.4/S34
P1.6/TA0.1/S33
P1.7/TA0.2/S32
P3.0/TA1CLK/CBOUT/S31
P3.1/TA1.0/S30
P3.2/TA1.1/S29
P3.3/TA1.2/S28
P3.4/TA2CLK/SMCLK/S27
P3.5/TA2.0/S26
P3.6/TA2.1/S25
P3.7/TA2.2/S24
P4.0/TB0.0/S23
DVSS1
VCORE
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
P6.4/CB4/A4
P6.5/CB5/A5
P6.6/CB6/A6/DAC0
P6.7/CB7/A7/DAC1
P7.4/CB8/A12
P7.5/CB9/A13
P7.6/CB10/A14/DAC0
P7.7/CB11/A15/DAC1
P5.0/VREF+/VeREF+
P5.1/VREF−/VeREF−
AVCC1
AVSS1
XIN
XOUT
AVSS2
P5.6/ADC12CLK/DMAE0
P2.0/P2MAP0
P2.1/P2MAP1
P2.2/P2MAP2
P2.3/P2MAP3
P2.4/P2MAP4
P2.5/P2MAP5
P2.6/P2MAP6/R03
P2.7/P2MAP7/LCDREF/R13
DVCC1
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
P6.3/CB3/A3
P6.2/CB2/A2
P6.1/CB1/A1
P6.0/CB0/A0
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
PJ.3/TCK
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJ.0/TDO
TEST/SBWTCK
DVSS3
DVCC3
P5.7/RTCCLK
VBAT
VBAK
P7.3/XT2OUT
P7.2/XT2IN
AVSS3
NC
LDOO
LDOI
PU.1
NC
PU.0
VSSU
Figure 4-1 shows the pinout for the MSP430F6438 and MSP430F6436 devices in the PZ package.
CAUTION: LCDCAP/R33 must be connected to DVSS if not used.
Figure 4-1. 100-Pin PZ Package (Top View) – MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
7
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
4.2
www.ti.com
Pin Designation – MSP430F6435IPZ, MSP430F6433IPZ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
MSP430F6435
MSP430F6433
PZ PACKAGE
(TOP VIEW)
P9.7/S0
P9.6/S1
P9.5/S2
P9.4/S3
P9.3/S4
P9.2/S5
P9.1/S6
P9.0/S7
P8.7/S8
P8.6/UCB1SOMI/UCB1SCL/S9
P8.5/UCB1SIMO/UCB1SDA/S10
DVCC2
DVSS2
P8.4/UCB1CLK/UCA1STE/S11
P8.3/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI/S12
P8.2/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO/S13
P8.1/UCB1STE/UCA1CLK/S14
P8.0/TB0CLK/S15
P4.7/TB0OUTH/SVMOUT/S16
P4.6/TB0.6/S17
P4.5/TB0.5/S18
P4.4/TB0.4/S19
P4.3/TB0.3/S20
P4.2/TB0.2/S21
P4.1/TB0.1/S22
P5.2/R23
LCDCAP/R33
COM0
P5.3/COM1/S42
P5.4/COM2/S41
P5.5/COM3/S40
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK/S39
P1.1/TA0.0/S38
P1.2/TA0.1/S37
P1.3/TA0.2/S36
P1.4/TA0.3/S35
P1.5/TA0.4/S34
P1.6/TA0.1/S33
P1.7/TA0.2/S32
P3.0/TA1CLK/CBOUT/S31
P3.1/TA1.0/S30
P3.2/TA1.1/S29
P3.3/TA1.2/S28
P3.4/TA2CLK/SMCLK/S27
P3.5/TA2.0/S26
P3.6/TA2.1/S25
P3.7/TA2.2/S24
P4.0/TB0.0/S23
DVSS1
VCORE
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
P6.4/CB4/A4
P6.5/CB5/A5
P6.6/CB6/A6
P6.7/CB7/A7
P7.4/CB8/A12
P7.5/CB9/A13
P7.6/CB10/A14
P7.7/CB11/A15
P5.0/VREF+/VeREF+
P5.1/VREF−/VeREF−
AVCC1
AVSS1
XIN
XOUT
AVSS2
P5.6/ADC12CLK/DMAE0
P2.0/P2MAP0
P2.1/P2MAP1
P2.2/P2MAP2
P2.3/P2MAP3
P2.4/P2MAP4
P2.5/P2MAP5
P2.6/P2MAP6/R03
P2.7/P2MAP7/LCDREF/R13
DVCC1
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
P6.3/CB3/A3
P6.2/CB2/A2
P6.1/CB1/A1
P6.0/CB0/A0
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
PJ.3/TCK
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJ.0/TDO
TEST/SBWTCK
DVSS3
DVCC3
P5.7/RTCCLK
VBAT
VBAK
P7.3/XT2OUT
P7.2/XT2IN
AVSS3
NC
LDOO
LDOI
PU.1
NC
PU.0
VSSU
Figure 4-2 shows the pinout for the MSP430F6435 and MSP430F6433 devices in the PZ package.
CAUTION: LCDCAP/R33 must be connected to DVSS if not used.
Figure 4-2. 100-Pin PZ Package (Top View) – MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
8
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
4.3
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Pin Designation – MSP430F6438IZQW, MSP430F6436IZQW, MSP430F6435IZQW,
MSP430F6433IZQW
Figure 4-3 shows the pin diagram for all devices in the ZQW package. See Section 4.4 for pin
assignments and descriptions.
ZQW PACKAGE
(TOP VIEW)
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
C1
C2
C3
C11
C12
D1
D2
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D11
D12
E1
E2
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
E9
E11
E12
F1
F2
F4
F5
F8
F9
F11
F12
G1
G2
G4
G5
G8
G9
G11
G12
H1
H2
H4
H5
H6
H7
H8
H9
H11
H12
J1
J2
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
J11
J12
K1
K2
K11
K12
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
L11
L12
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M11
M12
NOTE: For terminal assignments, see Table 4-1
Figure 4-3. 113-Pin ZQW Package (Top View) – MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435,
MSP430F6433
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
9
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
4.4
www.ti.com
Signal Descriptions
Table 4-1 describes the signals for all device variants and packages.
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions
TERMINAL
NAME
I/O (1)
NO.
PZ
DESCRIPTION
ZQW
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.4/CB4/A4
1
A1
I/O
Comparator_B input CB4
Analog input A4 – ADC
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.5/CB5/A5
2
B2
I/O
Comparator_B input CB5
Analog input A5 – ADC
General-purpose digital I/O
Comparator_B input CB6
P6.6/CB6/A6/DAC0
3
B1
I/O
Analog input A6 – ADC
DAC12.0 output (not available on F6435 and F6433 devices)
General-purpose digital I/O
Comparator_B input CB7
P6.7/CB7/A7/DAC1
4
C2
I/O
Analog input A7 – ADC
DAC12.1 output (not available on F6435 and F6433 devices)
General-purpose digital I/O
P7.4/CB8/A12
5
C1
I/O
Comparator_B input CB8
Analog input A12 –ADC
General-purpose digital I/O
P7.5/CB9/A13
6
C3
I/O
Comparator_B input CB9
Analog input A13 – ADC
General-purpose digital I/O
Comparator_B input CB10
P7.6/CB10/A14/DAC0
7
D2
I/O
Analog input A14 – ADC
DAC12.0 output (not available on F6435 and F6433 devices)
General-purpose digital I/O
Comparator_B input CB11
P7.7/CB11/A15/DAC1
8
D1
I/O
Analog input A15 – ADC
DAC12.1 output (not available on F6435 and F6433 devices)
General-purpose digital I/O
P5.0/VREF+/VeREF+
9
D4
I/O
Output of reference voltage to the ADC
Input for an external reference voltage to the ADC
General-purpose digital I/O
P5.1/VREF-/VeREF-
10
E4
AVCC1
11
E1,
E2
AVSS1
12
F2
XIN
13
F1
I
Input terminal for crystal oscillator XT1
XOUT
14
G1
O
Output terminal of crystal oscillator XT1
(1)
10
I/O
Negative terminal for the reference voltage of the ADC for both sources, the
internal reference voltage, or an external applied reference voltage
Analog power supply
Analog ground supply
I = input, O = output, N/A = not available on this package offering
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O (1)
NO.
NAME
AVSS2
PZ
ZQW
15
G2
DESCRIPTION
Analog ground supply
General-purpose digital I/O
P5.6/ADC12CLK/DMAE0
16
H1
I/O
Conversion clock output ADC
DMA external trigger input
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function
P2.0/P2MAP0
17
G4
I/O
Default mapping: USCI_B0 SPI slave transmit enable; USCI_A0 clock input/output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function
P2.1/P2MAP1
18
H2
I/O
P2.2/P2MAP2
19
J1
I/O
P2.3/P2MAP3
20
H4
I/O
Default mapping: USCI_B0 SPI slave in/master out; USCI_B0 I2C data
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function
Default mapping: USCI_B0 SPI slave out/master in; USCI_B0 I2C clock
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function
Default mapping: USCI_B0 clock input/output; USCI_A0 SPI slave transmit enable
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function
P2.4/P2MAP4
21
J2
I/O
Default mapping: USCI_A0 UART transmit data; USCI_A0 SPI slave in/master out
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function
P2.5/P2MAP5
22
K1
I/O
Default mapping: USCI_A0 UART receive data; USCI_A0 slave out/master in
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function
P2.6/P2MAP6/R03
23
K2
I/O
Default mapping: no secondary function
Input/output port of lowest analog LCD voltage (V5)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and mappable secondary function
Default mapping: no secondary function
P2.7/P2MAP7/LCDREF/R13
24
L2
I/O
External reference voltage input for regulated LCD voltage
Input/output port of third most positive analog LCD voltage (V3 or V4)
DVCC1
25
L1
Digital power supply
DVSS1
26
M1
Digital ground supply
VCORE (2)
27
M2
Regulated core power supply (internal use only, no external current loading)
P5.2/R23
28
L3
General-purpose digital I/O
I/O
Input/output port of second most positive analog LCD voltage (V2)
LCD capacitor connection
LCDCAP/R33
29
M3
I/O
Input/output port of most positive analog LCD voltage (V1)
CAUTION: LCDCAP/R33 must be connected to DVSS if not used.
COM0
30
J4
O
LCD common output COM0 for LCD backplane
General-purpose digital I/O
P5.3/COM1/S42
31
L4
I/O
LCD common output COM1 for LCD backplane
LCD segment output S42
General-purpose digital I/O
P5.4/COM2/S41
32
M4
I/O
LCD common output COM2 for LCD backplane
LCD segment output S41
General-purpose digital I/O
P5.5/COM3/S40
33
J5
I/O
LCD common output COM3 for LCD backplane
LCD segment output S40
(2)
VCORE is for internal use only. No external current loading is possible. VCORE should only be connected to the recommended
capacitor value, CVCORE.
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
11
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
I/O (1)
NO.
PZ
DESCRIPTION
ZQW
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
Timer TA0 clock signal TACLK input
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK/S39
34
L5
I/O
ACLK output (divided by 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32)
LCD segment output S39
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
Timer TA0 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0 output
P1.1/TA0.0/S38
35
M5
I/O
BSL transmit output
LCD segment output S38
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
Timer TA0 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1 output
P1.2/TA0.1/S37
36
J6
I/O
BSL receive input
LCD segment output S37
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.3/TA0.2/S36
37
H6
I/O
Timer TA0 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2 output
LCD segment output S36
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.4/TA0.3/S35
38
M6
I/O
Timer TA0 CCR3 capture: CCI3A input compare: Out3 output
LCD segment output S35
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.5/TA0.4/S34
39
L6
I/O
Timer TA0 CCR4 capture: CCI4A input, compare: Out4 output
LCD segment output S34
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.6/TA0.1/S33
40
J7
I/O
Timer TA0 CCR1 capture: CCI1B input, compare: Out1 output
LCD segment output S33
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P1.7/TA0.2/S32
41
M7
I/O
Timer TA0 CCR2 capture: CCI2B input, compare: Out2 output
LCD segment output S32
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
Timer TA1 clock input
P3.0/TA1CLK/CBOUT/S31
42
L7
I/O
Comparator_B output
LCD segment output S31
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P3.1/TA1.0/S30
43
H7
I/O
Timer TA1 capture CCR0: CCI0A/CCI0B input, compare: Out0 output
LCD segment output S30
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P3.2/TA1.1/S29
44
M8
I/O
Timer TA1 capture CCR1: CCI1A/CCI1B input, compare: Out1 output
LCD segment output S29
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P3.3/TA1.2/S28
45
L8
I/O
Timer TA1 capture CCR2: CCI2A/CCI2B input, compare: Out2 output
LCD segment output S28
12
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O (1)
NO.
NAME
PZ
DESCRIPTION
ZQW
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
Timer TA2 clock input
P3.4/TA2CLK/SMCLK/S27
46
J8
I/O
SMCLK output
LCD segment output S27
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P3.5/TA2.0/S26
47
M9
I/O
Timer TA2 capture CCR0: CCI0A/CCI0B input, compare: Out0 output
LCD segment output S26
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P3.6/TA2.1/S25
48
L9
I/O
Timer TA2 capture CCR1: CCI1A/CCI1B input, compare: Out1 output
LCD segment output S25
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P3.7/TA2.2/S24
49
M10
I/O
Timer TA2 capture CCR2: CCI2A/CCI2B input, compare: Out2 output
LCD segment output S24
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P4.0/TB0.0/S23
50
J9
I/O
Timer TB0 capture CCR0: CCI0A/CCI0B input, compare: Out0 output
LCD segment output S23
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P4.1/TB0.1/S22
51
M11
I/O
Timer TB0 capture CCR1: CCI1A/CCI1B input, compare: Out1 output
LCD segment output S22
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P4.2/TB0.2/S21
52
L10
I/O
Timer TB0 capture CCR2: CCI2A/CCI2B input, compare: Out2 output
LCD segment output S21
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P4.3/TB0.3/S20
53
M12
I/O
Timer TB0 capture CCR3: CCI3A/CCI3B input, compare: Out3 output
LCD segment output S20
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P4.4/TB0.4/S19
54
L12
I/O
Timer TB0 capture CCR4: CCI4A/CCI4B input, compare: Out4 output
LCD segment output S19
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P4.5/TB0.5/S18
55
L11
I/O
Timer TB0 capture CCR5: CCI5A/CCI5B input, compare: Out5 output
LCD segment output S18
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
P4.6/TB0.6/S17
56
K11
I/O
Timer TB0 capture CCR6: CCI6A/CCI6B input, compare: Out6 output
LCD segment output S17
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt
Timer TB0: Switch all PWM outputs high impedance
P4.7/TB0OUTH/SVMOUT/S16
57
K12
I/O
SVM output
LCD segment output S16
General-purpose digital I/O
P8.0/TB0CLK/S15
58
J11
I/O
Timer TB0 clock input
LCD segment output S15
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
13
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O (1)
NO.
NAME
PZ
DESCRIPTION
ZQW
General-purpose digital I/O
P8.1/UCB1STE/UCA1CLK/S14
59
J12
I/O
USCI_B1 SPI slave transmit enable; USCI_A1 clock input/output
LCD segment output S14
General-purpose digital I/O
P8.2/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO/S13
60
H11
I/O
USCI_A1 UART transmit data; USCI_A1 SPI slave in/master out
LCD segment output S13
General-purpose digital I/O
P8.3/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI/S12
61
H12
I/O
USCI_A1 UART receive data; USCI_A1 SPI slave out/master in
LCD segment output S12
General-purpose digital I/O
P8.4/UCB1CLK/UCA1STE/S11
62
G11
I/O
USCI_B1 clock input/output; USCI_A1 SPI slave transmit enable
LCD segment output S11
DVSS2
63
G12
Digital ground supply
DVCC2
64
F12
Digital power supply
General-purpose digital I/O
P8.5/UCB1SIMO/UCB1SDA/S10
65
F11
I/O
USCI_B1 SPI slave in/master out; USCI_B1 I2C data
LCD segment output S10
General-purpose digital I/O
P8.6/UCB1SOMI/UCB1SCL/S9
66
G9
I/O
USCI_B1 SPI slave out/master in; USCI_B1 I2C clock
LCD segment output S9
General-purpose digital I/O
P8.7/S8
67
E12
I/O
LCD segment output S8
General-purpose digital I/O
P9.0/S7
68
E11
I/O
LCD segment output S7
General-purpose digital I/O
P9.1/S6
69
F9
I/O
LCD segment output S6
General-purpose digital I/O
P9.2/S5
70
D12
I/O
LCD segment output S5
P9.3/S4
71
D11
I/O
General-purpose digital I/O
LCD segment output S4
General-purpose digital I/O
P9.4/S3
72
E9
I/O
LCD segment output S3
General-purpose digital I/O
P9.5/S2
73
C12
I/O
LCD segment output S2
General-purpose digital I/O
P9.6/S1
74
C11
I/O
LCD segment output S1
General-purpose digital I/O
P9.7/S0
75
D9
VSSU
76
B11,
B12
PU.0
77
A12
I/O
LCD segment output S0
14
Terminal Configuration and Functions
PU ground supply
I/O
General-purpose digital I/O, controlled by PU control register. Port U is supplied by
the LDOO rail.
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
I/O (1)
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PZ
ZQW
NC
78
B10
PU.1
79
A11
LDOI
80
A10
LDO input
LDOO
81
A9
LDO output
NC
82
B9
No connect
AVSS3
83
A8
Analog ground supply
P7.2/XT2IN
84
B8
No connect
I/O
General-purpose digital I/O, controlled by PU control register. Port U is supplied by
the LDOO rail.
General-purpose digital I/O
I/O
Input terminal for crystal oscillator XT2
General-purpose digital I/O
P7.3/XT2OUT
85
B7
I/O
Output terminal of crystal oscillator XT2
VBAK
86
A7
Capacitor for backup subsystem. Do not load this pin externally. For capacitor
values, see CBAK in Recommended Operating Conditions.
VBAT
87
D8
Backup or secondary supply voltage. If backup voltage is not supplied, connect to
DVCC externally.
P5.7/RTCCLK
88
D7
DVCC3
89
A6
Digital power supply
DVSS3
90
A5
Digital ground supply
TEST/SBWTCK
91
B6
General-purpose digital I/O
I/O
RTCCLK output
Test mode pin; selects digital I/O on JTAG pins
I
Spy-Bi-Wire input clock
General-purpose digital I/O
PJ.0/TDO
92
B5
I/O
Test data output port
General-purpose digital I/O
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
93
A4
I/O
Test data input or test clock input
General-purpose digital I/O
PJ.2/TMS
94
E7
I/O
Test mode select
General-purpose digital I/O
PJ.3/TCK
95
D6
I/O
Test clock
Reset input (active low) (3)
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
96
A3
I/O
Nonmaskable interrupt input
Spy-Bi-Wire data input/output
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.0/CB0/A0
97
B4
I/O
Comparator_B input CB0
Analog input A0 – ADC
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.1/CB1/A1
98
B3
I/O
Comparator_B input CB1
Analog input A1 – ADC
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.2/CB2/A2
99
A2
I/O
Comparator_B input CB2
Analog input A2 – ADC
(3)
When this pin is configured as reset, the internal pullup resistor is enabled by default.
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
15
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
I/O (1)
NO.
PZ
DESCRIPTION
ZQW
General-purpose digital I/O
P6.3/CB3/A3
100
D5
N/A
E5,
E6,
E8,
F4,
F5,
F8,
G5,
G8,
H5,
H8,
H9
I/O
Comparator_B input CB3
Analog input A3 – ADC
Reserved
16
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Reserved. TI recommends connecting to ground (DVSS, AVSS).
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5 Specifications
Absolute Maximum Ratings (1)
5.1
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
Voltage applied at VCC to VSS
Voltage applied to any pin (excluding VCORE, VBUS, V18)
(2)
MIN
MAX
–0.3
4.1
–0.3
VCC + 0.3
Diode current at any device pin
Maximum junction temperature, TJ
Storage temperature, Tstg (3)
(1)
(2)
(3)
–55
UNIT
V
V
±2
mA
95
°C
150
°C
Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings
only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Recommended Operating
Conditions is not implied. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
All voltages referenced to VSS. VCORE is for internal device use only. No external DC loading or voltage should be applied.
Higher temperature may be applied during board soldering according to the current JEDEC J-STD-020 specification with peak reflow
temperatures not higher than classified on the device label on the shipping boxes or reels.
5.2
ESD Ratings
VALUE
V(ESD)
(1)
(2)
Electrostatic discharge
Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001 (1)
±1000
Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101 (2)
±250
UNIT
V
JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Pins listed as
±1000 V may actually have higher performance.
JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Pins listed as ±250 V
may actually have higher performance.
5.3
Recommended Operating Conditions
MIN
VCC
Supply voltage during program execution and flash
programming (AVCC1 = DVCC1 = DVCC2 = DVCC3 =
DVCC = VCC) (1) (2)
VSS
Supply voltage (AVSS1 = AVSS2 = AVSS3 = DVSS1 =
DVSS2 = DVSS3 = VSS)
VBAT,RTC
Backup-supply voltage with RTC operational
VBAT,MEM
NOM
MAX
PMMCOREVx = 0
1.8
3.6
PMMCOREVx = 0, 1
2.0
3.6
PMMCOREVx = 0, 1, 2
2.2
3.6
PMMCOREVx = 0, 1, 2, 3
2.4
3.6
0
UNIT
V
V
TA = 0°C to 85°C
1.55
3.6
TA = –40°C to +85°C
1.70
3.6
Backup-supply voltage with backup memory retained
TA = –40°C to +85°C
1.20
3.6
V
TA
Operating free-air temperature
I version
–40
85
°C
TJ
Operating junction temperature
I version
–40
85
°C
CBAK
Capacitance at pin VBAK
10
nF
CVCORE
Capacitor at VCORE (3)
CDVCC/
CVCORE
Capacitor ratio of DVCC to VCORE
(1)
(2)
(3)
1
4.7
470
V
nF
10
TI recommends powering AVCC and DVCC from the same source. A maximum difference of 0.3 V between AVCC and DVCC can be
tolerated during power up and operation.
The minimum supply voltage is defined by the supervisor SVS levels when it is enabled. See the threshold parameters in Section 5.23
for the exact values and further details.
A capacitor tolerance of ±20% or better is required.
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
17
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Recommended Operating Conditions (continued)
MIN
fSYSTEM
(4)
(5)
Processor frequency (maximum MCLK frequency) (4) (5)
(see Figure 5-1)
NOM
MAX
PMMCOREVx = 0,
1.8 V ≤ VCC ≤ 3.6 V
(default condition)
0
8.0
PMMCOREVx = 1,
2 V ≤ VCC ≤ 3.6 V
0
12.0
PMMCOREVx = 2,
2.2 V ≤ VCC ≤ 3.6 V
0
16.0
PMMCOREVx = 3,
2.4 V ≤ VCC ≤ 3.6 V
0
20.0
UNIT
MHz
The MSP430 CPU is clocked directly with MCLK. Both the high and low phase of MCLK must not exceed the pulse duration of the
specified maximum frequency.
Modules may have a different maximum input clock specification. See the specification of the respective module in this data sheet.
25
System Frequency - MHz
20
3
16
2
2, 3
1
1, 2
1, 2, 3
0, 1
0, 1, 2
0, 1, 2, 3
12
8
0
0
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
3.6
Supply Voltage - V
The numbers within the fields denote the supported PMMCOREVx settings.
Figure 5-1. Frequency vs Supply Voltage
18
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
5.4
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Active Mode Supply Current Into VCC Excluding External Current
over recommended operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) (2) (3)
FREQUENCY (fDCO = fMCLK = fSMCLK)
PARAMETER
EXECUTION
MEMORY
VCC
PMMCOREVx
1 MHz
TYP
IAM,
IAM,
(1)
(2)
(3)
Flash
RAM
Flash
RAM
3V
3V
8 MHz
MAX
0.36
TYP
12 MHz
MAX
2.1
TYP
0
0.32
1
0.36
2.4
3.6
2
0.37
2.5
3.8
3
0.39
0
0.18
1
0.20
1.2
1.7
2
0.22
1.3
2.0
3
0.23
1.4
2.1
TYP
UNIT
MAX
2.4
2.7
0.21
20 MHz
MAX
4.0
4.0
1.0
mA
6.6
1.2
1.9
mA
3.6
All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current.
The currents are characterized with a Micro Crystal MS1V-T1K crystal with a load capacitance of 12.5 pF. The internal and external load
capacitance are chosen to closely match the required 12.5 pF.
Characterized with program executing typical data processing. LDO disabled (LDOEN = 0).
fACLK = 32786 Hz, fDCO = fMCLK = fSMCLK at specified frequency.
XTS = CPUOFF = SCG0 = SCG1 = OSCOFF = SMCLKOFF = 0.
5.5
Low-Power Mode Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1) (2)
PARAMETER
ILPM0,1MHz
Low-power mode 0 (3) (4)
ILPM2
Low-power mode 2 (5) (4)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
60°C
85°C
2.2 V
0
71
75
87
81
85
99
3V
3
78
83
98
89
94
108
2.2 V
0
6.3
6.7
9.9
9.0
11
16
3V
3
6.6
7.0
11
10
12
18
0
1.6
1.8
2.4
4.7
6.5
10.5
1
1.6
1.9
4.8
6.6
2
1.7
2.0
4.9
6.7
0
1.9
2.1
5.0
6.8
1
1.9
2.1
5.1
7.0
2
2.0
2.2
5.2
7.1
3
2.0
2.2
5.4
7.3
Low-power mode 3,
crystal mode (6) (4)
3V
(1)
(2)
25°C
PMMCOREVx
2.2 V
ILPM3,XT1LF
–40°C
VCC
TYP
MAX
TYP
MAX
2.7
2.9
TYP
MAX
TYP
MAX
10.8
UNIT
µA
µA
µA
12.6
All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current.
The currents are characterized with a Micro Crystal CC4V-T1A SMD crystal with a load capacitance of 9 pF. The internal and external
load capacitance are chosen to closely match the required 9 pF.
Current for watchdog timer clocked by SMCLK included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation (XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 0, SCG1 = 0, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM0), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = 0 MHz, fSMCLK = fDCO = 1 MHz
LDO disabled (LDOEN = 0).
Current for brownout included. Low-side supervisor and monitors disabled (SVSL, SVML). High-side supervisor and monitor disabled
(SVSH, SVMH). RAM retention enabled.
Current for watchdog timer clocked by ACLK and RTC clocked by LFXT1 (32768 Hz) included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation
(XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 0, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM2), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = 0 MHz, fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz; DCO
setting = 1 MHz operation, DCO bias generator enabled.
LDO disabled (LDOEN = 0).
Current for watchdog timer clocked by ACLK and RTC clocked by LFXT1 (32768 Hz) included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation
(XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz
LDO disabled (LDOEN = 0).
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
19
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Low-Power Mode Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current (continued)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)(1)(2)
PARAMETER
ILPM3,
VLO,WDT
VCC
Low-power mode 3,
VLO mode, Watchdog
enabled (7) (4)
Low-power mode 4 (8) (4)
ILPM4
ILPM3.5,
RTC,VCC
ILPM3.5,
RTC,VBAT
ILPM3.5,
RTC,TOT
ILPM4.5
3V
3V
PMMCOREVx
–40°C
TYP
MAX
25°C
TYP
0
0.9
1.2
1
0.9
2
1.0
3
1.0
1.3
0
0.9
1.1
1
0.9
1.1
2
1.0
1.2
3
1.0
1.2
60°C
MAX
1.9
TYP
MAX
85°C
TYP
MAX
4.0
5.9
1.2
4.1
6.0
1.3
4.2
6.1
2.2
4.3
6.3
11.3
1.8
3.9
5.8
10
4.0
5.9
4.1
6.1
4.2
6.2
11
2.1
UNIT
10.3
µA
µA
Low-power mode 3.5
(LPM3.5) current with
active RTC into primary
supply pin DVCC (9)
3V
0.5
0.8
1.4
µA
Low-power mode 3.5
(LPM3.5) current with
active RTC into backup
supply pin VBAT (10)
3V
0.6
0.8
1.4
µA
Total low-power mode
3.5 (LPM3.5) current
with active RTC (11)
3V
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.6
2.8
µA
Low-power mode 4.5
(LPM4.5) (12)
3V
0.2
0.3
0.7
0.9
1.4
µA
0.6
(7)
Current for watchdog timer clocked by VLO included.
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3), fACLK = fMCLK = fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz
LDO disabled (LDOEN = 0).
(8) CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1 (LPM4), fDCO = fACLK = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
LDO disabled (LDOEN = 0).
(9) VVBAT = VCC - 0.2 V, fDCO = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz, fACLK = 32768 Hz, PMMREGOFF = 1, RTC in backup domain active
(10) VVBAT = VCC - 0.2 V, fDCO = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz, fACLK = 32768 Hz, PMMREGOFF = 1, RTC in backup domain active, no
current drawn on VBAK
(11) fDCO = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz, fACLK = 32768 Hz, PMMREGOFF = 1, RTC in backup domain active, no current drawn on VBAK
(12) Internal regulator disabled. No data retention.
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1, PMMREGOFF = 1 (LPM4.5), fDCO = fACLK = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
5.6
Low-Power Mode With LCD Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
(2)
TEMPERATURE (TA)
PARAMETER
VCC
PMMCOREVx
–40°C
TYP
ILPM3,
LCD,
ext. bias
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
20
Low-power mode 3
(LPM3) current, LCD 4mux mode, external
biasing (3) (4)
3V
MAX
25°C
TYP
60°C
MAX
3.1
TYP
MAX
85°C
TYP
0
2.3
2.7
5.4
7.4
1
2.3
2.7
5.6
7.5
2
2.4
2.8
5.8
7.7
3
2.4
2.8
5.9
7.9
3.5
UNIT
MAX
11.5
µA
13.2
All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current.
The currents are characterized with a Micro Crystal CC4V-T1A SMD crystal with a load capacitance of 9 pF. The internal and external
load capacitance are chosen to closely match the required 9 pF.
Current for watchdog timer clocked by ACLK and RTC clocked by LFXT1 (32768 Hz) included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation
(XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz
Current for brownout included. Low-side supervisor and monitors disabled (SVSL, SVML). High-side supervisor and monitor disabled
(SVSH, SVMH). RAM retention enabled.
LCDMx = 11 (4-mux mode), LCDREXT = 1, LCDEXTBIAS = 1 (external biasing), LCD2B = 0 (1/3 bias), LCDCPEN = 0 (charge pump
disabled), LCDSSEL = 0, LCDPREx = 101, LCDDIVx = 00011 (fLCD = 32768 Hz/32/4 = 256 Hz)
Current through external resistors not included (voltage levels are supplied by test equipment).
Even segments S0, S2,... = 0, odd segments S1, S3,... = 1. No LCD panel load.
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Low-Power Mode With LCD Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current (continued)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)(1) (2)
TEMPERATURE (TA)
PARAMETER
VCC
PMMCOREVx
–40°C
TYP
ILPM3,
LCD,
int. bias
Low-power mode 3
(LPM3) current, LCD 4mux mode, internal
biasing, charge pump
disabled (3) (5)
3V
2.2 V
ILPM3
LCD,CP
(5)
(6)
5.7
Low-power mode 3
(LPM3) current, LCD 4mux mode, internal
biasing, charge pump
enabled (3) (6)
3V
MAX
25°C
TYP
60°C
MAX
MAX
2.7
3.2
5.9
7.9
2.7
3.2
6.1
8.1
2
2.8
3.3
6.2
8.3
3
2.8
3.3
6.4
8.4
3.8
1
3.9
2
4.0
0
4.0
1
4.1
2
4.2
3
4.2
4.9
µA
13.7
µA
µA
Thermal Resistance Characteristics
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, still air (1)
θJC(TOP)
Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance (2)
θJB
Junction-to-board thermal resistance (3)
(3)
12.2
LCDMx = 11 (4-mux mode), LCDREXT = 0, LCDEXTBIAS = 0 (internal biasing), LCD2B = 0 (1/3 bias), LCDCPEN = 0 (charge pump
disabled), LCDSSEL = 0, LCDPREx = 101, LCDDIVx = 00011 (fLCD = 32768 Hz/32/4 = 256 Hz)
Even segments S0, S2,... = 0, odd segments S1, S3,... = 1. No LCD panel load.
LCDMx = 11 (4-mux mode), LCDREXT = 0, LCDEXTBIAS = 0 (internal biasing), LCD2B = 0 (1/3 bias), LCDCPEN = 1 (charge pump
enabled), VLCDx = 1000 (VLCD = 3 V, typical), LCDSSEL = 0, LCDPREx = 101, LCDDIVx = 00011 (fLCD = 32768 Hz/32/4 = 256 Hz)
Even segments S0, S2,... = 0, odd segments S1, S3,... = 1. No LCD panel load.
θJA
(2)
UNIT
MAX
1
PARAMETER
(1)
85°C
TYP
0
0
3.8
TYP
VALUE
QFP (PZ)
122
BGA (ZQW)
108
QFP (PZ)
83
BGA (ZQW)
72
QFP (PZ)
98
BGA (ZQW)
76
UNIT
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
The junction-to-ambient thermal resistance under natural convection is obtained in a simulation on a JEDEC-standard, High-K board, as
specified in JESD51-7, in an environment described in JESD51-2a.
The junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance is obtained by simulating a cold plate test on the package top. No specific JEDECstandard test exists, but a close description can be found in the ANSI SEMI standard G30-88.
The junction-to-board thermal resistance is obtained by simulating in an environment with a ring cold plate fixture to control the PCB
temperature, as described in JESD51-8.
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
21
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Schmitt-Trigger Inputs – General-Purpose I/O (1)
5.8
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VIT+
Positive-going input threshold voltage
VIT–
Negative-going input threshold voltage
Vhys
Input voltage hysteresis (VIT+ – VIT–)
RPull
Pullup or pulldown resistor (2)
For pullup: VIN = VSS
For pulldown: VIN = VCC
CI
Input capacitance
VIN = VSS or VCC
(1)
(2)
VCC
MIN
TYP
1.8 V
0.80
1.40
3V
1.50
2.10
1.8 V
0.45
1.00
3V
0.75
1.65
1.8 V
0.3
0.8
3V
0.4
1.0
20
35
MAX
UNIT
V
V
V
50
kΩ
5
pF
Same parametrics apply to clock input pin when crystal bypass mode is used on XT1 (XIN) or XT2 (XT2IN).
Also applies to RST pin when pullup or pulldown resistor is enabled.
Inputs – Ports P1, P2, P3, and P4 (1)
5.9
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
External interrupt timing (2)
t(int)
(1)
(2)
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
Port P1, P2, P3, P4: P1.x to P4.x,
External trigger pulse duration to set interrupt flag
MIN
2.2 V, 3 V
MAX
UNIT
20
ns
Some devices may contain additional ports with interrupts. See the block diagram and terminal function descriptions.
An external signal sets the interrupt flag every time the minimum interrupt pulse duration t(int) is met. It may be set by trigger signals
shorter than t(int).
5.10 Leakage Current – General-Purpose I/O
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
Ilkg(Px.x)
(1)
(2)
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
(1) (2)
High-impedance leakage current
MIN
1.8 V, 3 V
MAX
UNIT
±50
nA
The leakage current is measured with VSS or VCC applied to the corresponding pin(s), unless otherwise noted.
The leakage of the digital port pins is measured individually. The port pin is selected for input and the pullup or pulldown resistor is
disabled.
5.11 Outputs – General-Purpose I/O (Full Drive Strength)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
I(OHmax) = –3 mA (1)
VOH
High-level output voltage
I(OHmax) = –10 mA (2)
I(OHmax) = –5 mA (1)
I(OHmax) = –15 mA (2)
I(OLmax) = 3 mA
VOL
Low-level output voltage
(2)
22
1.8 V
3V
MIN
MAX
VCC – 0.25
VCC
VCC – 0.60
VCC
VCC – 0.25
VCC
VCC – 0.60
VCC
VSS
VSS + 0.25
VSS
VSS + 0.60
VSS
VSS + 0.25
VSS
VSS + 0.60
(1)
I(OLmax) = 10 mA (2)
I(OLmax) = 5 mA (1)
I(OLmax) = 15 mA (2)
(1)
VCC
1.8 V
3V
UNIT
V
V
The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined should not exceed ±48 mA to hold the maximum voltage drop
specified.
The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined should not exceed ±100 mA to hold the maximum voltage
drop specified.
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5.12 Outputs – General-Purpose I/O (Reduced Drive Strength)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
I(OHmax) = –1 mA
VOH
1.8 V
I(OHmax) = –3 mA (3)
High-level output voltage
I(OHmax) = –2 mA (2)
3V
I(OHmax) = –6 mA (3)
I(OLmax) = 1 mA
VOL
(3)
MAX
VCC – 0.25
VCC
VCC – 0.60
VCC
VCC – 0.25
VCC
VCC – 0.60
VCC
VSS
VSS + 0.25
VSS
VSS + 0.60
VSS
VSS + 0.25
VSS
VSS + 0.60
1.8 V
I(OLmax) = 2 mA (2)
3V
I(OLmax) = 6 mA (3)
(1)
(2)
MIN
(2)
I(OLmax) = 3 mA (3)
Low-level output voltage
VCC
(2)
UNIT
V
V
Selecting reduced drive strength may reduce EMI.
The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined, should not exceed ±48 mA to hold the maximum voltage drop
specified.
The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined, should not exceed ±100 mA to hold the maximum voltage
drop specified.
5.13 Output Frequency – Ports P1, P2, and P3
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
fPx.y
fPort_CLK
(1)
(2)
(3)
TEST CONDITIONS
Port output frequency
(with load)
P3.4/TA2CLK/SMCLK/S27,
CL = 20 pF, RL = 1 kΩ (1) or 3.2 kΩ (2) (3)
Clock output frequency
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK/S39,
P3.4/TA2CLK/SMCLK/S27,
P2.0/P2MAP0 (P2MAP0 = PM_MCLK ),
CL = 20 pF (3)
MIN
MAX
VCC = 1.8 V,
PMMCOREVx = 0
8
VCC = 3 V,
PMMCOREVx = 3
20
VCC = 1.8 V,
PMMCOREVx = 0
8
VCC = 3 V,
PMMCOREVx = 3
20
UNIT
MHz
MHz
Full drive strength of port: A resistive divider with 2 × 0.5 kΩ between VCC and VSS is used as load. The output is connected to the
center tap of the divider.
Reduced drive strength of port: A resistive divider with 2 × 1.6 kΩ between VCC and VSS is used as load. The output is connected to the
center tap of the divider.
The output voltage reaches at least 10% and 90% VCC at the specified toggle frequency.
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
23
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.14 Typical Characteristics – Outputs, Reduced Drive Strength (PxDS.y = 0)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
8.0
VCC = 3.0 V
P3.2
IOL – Typical Low-Level Output Current – mA
IOL – Typical Low-Level Output Current – mA
25.0
TA = 25°C
20.0
TA = 85°C
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
IOH – Typical High-Level Output Current – mA
IOH – Typical High-Level Output Current – mA
−5.0
−10.0
−25.0
0.0
TA = 85°C
TA = 25°C
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
VOH – High-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-4. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level
Output Voltage
24
TA = 85°C
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
0.0
VCC = 3.0 V
P3.2
−20.0
TA = 25°C
VOL – Low-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-3. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level
Output Voltage
0.0
−15.0
VCC = 1.8 V
P3.2
6.0
0.0
0.0
3.5
VOL – Low-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-2. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level
Output Voltage
7.0
Specifications
−1.0
VCC = 1.8 V
P3.2
−2.0
−3.0
−4.0
−5.0
TA = 85°C
−6.0
TA = 25°C
−7.0
−8.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
VOH – High-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-5. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level
Output Voltage
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5.15 Typical Characteristics – Outputs, Full Drive Strength (PxDS.y = 1)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
55.0
VCC = 3.0 V
P3.2
IOL – Typical Low-Level Output Current – mA
IOL – Typical Low-Level Output Current – mA
60.0
TA = 25°C
50.0
TA = 85°C
45.0
40.0
35.0
30.0
25.0
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
IOH – Typical High-Level Output Current – mA
IOH – Typical High-Level Output Current – mA
−15.0
−20.0
−25.0
−30.0
−35.0
−40.0
−45.0
TA = 85°C
−55.0
−60.0
0.0
16
TA = 85°C
12
8
4
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
0
VCC = 3.0 V
P3.2
−10.0
−50.0
TA = 25°C
VOL – Low-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-7. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level
Output Voltage
0.0
−5.0
VCC = 1.8 V
P3.2
20
0
0.0
3.5
VOL – Low-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-6. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level
Output Voltage
24
TA = 25°C
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
VOH – High-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-8. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level
Output Voltage
VCC = 1.8 V
P3.2
−4
−8
−12
TA = 85°C
−16
TA = 25°C
−20
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
VOH – High-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-9. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level
Output Voltage
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
25
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.16 Crystal Oscillator, XT1, Low-Frequency Mode (1)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 1,
TA = 25°C
ΔIDVCC,LF
Differential XT1 oscillator crystal
current consumption from lowest
drive setting, LF mode
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 2,
TA = 25°C
0.170
32768
XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0
fXT1,LF,SW
XT1 oscillator logic-level squarewave input frequency, LF mode
XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 1 (2)
OALF
3V
0.290
XT1 oscillator crystal frequency,
LF mode
(3)
10
CL,eff
fFault,LF
tSTART,LF
210
XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 1,
fXT1,LF = 32768 Hz, CL,eff = 12 pF
300
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
26
XTS = 0, XCAPx = 2
8.5
XTS = 0, XCAPx = 3
12.0
Oscillator fault frequency,
LF mode (7)
XTS = 0 (8)
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0,
TA = 25°C,
CL,eff = 6 pF
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 3,
TA = 25°C,
CL,eff = 12 pF
µA
Hz
50
kHz
1
5.5
Duty cycle, LF mode
UNIT
kΩ
XTS = 0, XCAPx = 1
XTS = 0, Measured at ACLK,
fXT1,LF = 32768 Hz
Start-up time, LF mode
32.768
XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0,
fXT1,LF = 32768 Hz, CL,eff = 6 pF
XTS = 0, XCAPx = 0 (6)
Integrated effective load
capacitance, LF mode (5)
MAX
0.075
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 3,
TA = 25°C
fXT1,LF0
Oscillation allowance for
LF crystals (4)
TYP
pF
30%
70%
10
10000
Hz
1000
3V
ms
500
To improve EMI on the XT1 oscillator, the following guidelines should be observed.
• Keep the trace between the device and the crystal as short as possible.
• Design a good ground plane around the oscillator pins.
• Prevent crosstalk from other clock or data lines into oscillator pins XIN and XOUT.
• Avoid running PCB traces underneath or adjacent to the XIN and XOUT pins.
• Use assembly materials and processes that avoid any parasitic load on the oscillator XIN and XOUT pins.
• If conformal coating is used, ensure that it does not induce capacitive/resistive leakage between the oscillator pins.
When XT1BYPASS is set, XT1 circuit is automatically powered down. Input signal is a digital square wave with parametrics defined in
the Schmitt-trigger Inputs section of this datasheet.
Maximum frequency of operation of the entire device cannot be exceeded.
Oscillation allowance is based on a safety factor of 5 for recommended crystals. The oscillation allowance is a function of the
XT1DRIVEx settings and the effective load. In general, comparable oscillator allowance can be achieved based on the following
guidelines, but should be evaluated based on the actual crystal selected for the application:
• For XT1DRIVEx = 0, CL,eff ≤ 6 pF.
• For XT1DRIVEx = 1, 6 pF ≤ CL,eff ≤ 9 pF.
• For XT1DRIVEx = 2, 6 pF ≤ CL,eff ≤ 10 pF.
• For XT1DRIVEx = 3, CL,eff ≥ 6 pF.
Includes parasitic bond and package capacitance (approximately 2 pF per pin).
Because the PCB adds additional capacitance, TI recommends verifying the correct load by measuring the ACLK frequency. For a
correct setup, the effective load capacitance should always match the specification of the used crystal.
Requires external capacitors at both terminals. Values are specified by crystal manufacturers.
Frequencies below the MIN specification set the fault flag. Frequencies above the MAX specification do not set the fault flag.
Frequencies in between might set the flag.
Measured with logic-level input frequency but also applies to operation with crystals.
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5.17 Crystal Oscillator, XT2
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
fOSC = 4 MHz, XT2OFF = 0,
XT2BYPASS = 0, XT2DRIVEx = 0,
TA = 25°C
IDVCC,XT2
XT2 oscillator crystal current
consumption
fOSC = 12 MHz, XT2OFF = 0,
XT2BYPASS = 0, XT2DRIVEx = 1,
TA = 25°C
fOSC = 20 MHz, XT2OFF = 0,
XT2BYPASS = 0, XT2DRIVEx = 2,
TA = 25°C
(2)
TYP
MAX
UNIT
200
260
3V
µA
325
fOSC = 32 MHz, XT2OFF = 0,
XT2BYPASS = 0, XT2DRIVEx = 3,
TA = 25°C
450
fXT2,HF0
XT2 oscillator crystal frequency,
mode 0
XT2DRIVEx = 0, XT2BYPASS = 0 (3)
4
8
MHz
fXT2,HF1
XT2 oscillator crystal frequency,
mode 1
XT2DRIVEx = 1, XT2BYPASS = 0 (3)
8
16
MHz
fXT2,HF2
XT2 oscillator crystal frequency,
mode 2
XT2DRIVEx = 2, XT2BYPASS = 0 (3)
16
24
MHz
fXT2,HF3
XT2 oscillator crystal frequency,
mode 3
XT2DRIVEx = 3, XT2BYPASS = 0 (3)
24
32
MHz
fXT2,HF,SW
XT2 oscillator logic-level squarewave input frequency
XT2BYPASS = 1 (4)
0.7
32
MHz
OAHF
tSTART,HF
CL,eff
fFault,HF
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Oscillation allowance for
HF crystals (5)
Start-up time
(3)
XT2DRIVEx = 0, XT2BYPASS = 0,
fXT2,HF0 = 6 MHz, CL,eff = 15 pF
450
XT2DRIVEx = 1, XT2BYPASS = 0,
fXT2,HF1 = 12 MHz, CL,eff = 15 pF
320
XT2DRIVEx = 2, XT2BYPASS = 0,
fXT2,HF2 = 20 MHz, CL,eff = 15 pF
200
XT2DRIVEx = 3, XT2BYPASS = 0,
fXT2,HF3 = 32 MHz, CL,eff = 15 pF
200
fOSC = 6 MHz
XT2BYPASS = 0, XT2DRIVEx = 0,
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 15 pF
0.5
fOSC = 20 MHz
XT2BYPASS = 0, XT2DRIVEx = 3,
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 15 pF
Integrated effective load
capacitance, HF mode (6)
Ω
3V
ms
0.3
1
(1)
Duty cycle
Measured at ACLK, fXT2,HF2 = 20 MHz
Oscillator fault frequency (7)
XT2BYPASS = 1 (8)
40%
30
50%
pF
60%
300
kHz
Requires external capacitors at both terminals. Values are specified by crystal manufacturers.
To improve EMI on the XT2 oscillator the following guidelines should be observed.
• Keep the traces between the device and the crystal as short as possible.
• Design a good ground plane around the oscillator pins.
• Prevent crosstalk from other clock or data lines into oscillator pins XT2IN and XT2OUT.
• Avoid running PCB traces underneath or adjacent to the XT2IN and XT2OUT pins.
• Use assembly materials and processes that avoid any parasitic load on the oscillator XT2IN and XT2OUT pins.
• If conformal coating is used, ensure that it does not induce capacitive/resistive leakage between the oscillator pins.
Maximum frequency of operation of the entire device cannot be exceeded.
When XT2BYPASS is set, the XT2 circuit is automatically powered down.
Oscillation allowance is based on a safety factor of 5 for recommended crystals.
Includes parasitic bond and package capacitance (approximately 2 pF per pin).
Because the PCB adds additional capacitance, TI recommends verifying the correct load by measuring the ACLK frequency. For a
correct setup, the effective load capacitance should always match the specification of the used crystal.
Frequencies below the MIN specification set the fault flag. Frequencies above the MAX specification do not set the fault flag.
Frequencies in between might set the flag.
Measured with logic-level input frequency but also applies to operation with crystals.
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
27
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.18 Internal Very-Low-Power Low-Frequency Oscillator (VLO)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
fVLO
VLO frequency
Measured at ACLK
1.8 V to 3.6 V
dfVLO/dT
VLO frequency temperature drift
Measured at ACLK (1)
1.8 V to 3.6 V
Measured at ACLK (2)
1.8 V to 3.6 V
Measured at ACLK
1.8 V to 3.6 V
dfVLO/dVCC VLO frequency supply voltage drift
Duty cycle
(1)
(2)
MIN
TYP
MAX
6
9.4
14
0.5
50%
kHz
%/°C
4
40%
UNIT
%/V
60%
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40°C to +85°C) – MIN(–40°C to +85°C)) / MIN(–40°C to +85°C) / (85°C – (–40°C))
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(1.8 V to 3.6 V) – MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V)) / MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V) / (3.6 V – 1.8 V)
5.19 Internal Reference, Low-Frequency Oscillator (REFO)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
IREFO
fREFO
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
3
REFO frequency calibrated
Measured at ACLK
1.8 V to 3.6 V
32768
REFO absolute tolerance
calibrated
Full temperature range
1.8 V to 3.6 V
±3.5%
3V
±1.5%
TA = 25°C
REFO frequency temperature drift
Measured at ACLK
dfREFO/dVCC
REFO frequency supply voltage
drift
Measured at ACLK
(2)
Duty cycle
Measured at ACLK
1.8 V to 3.6 V
REFO start-up time
40%/60% duty cycle
1.8 V to 3.6 V
28
MAX
1.8 V to 3.6 V
dfREFO/dT
(1)
(2)
TYP
TA = 25°C
(1)
tSTART
MIN
REFO oscillator current
consumption
UNIT
µA
Hz
1.8 V to 3.6 V
0.01
%/°C
1.8 V to 3.6 V
1.0
%/V
40%
50%
60%
25
µs
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40°C to +85°C) – MIN(–40°C to +85°C)) / MIN(–40°C to +85°C) / (85°C – (–40°C))
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(1.8 V to 3.6 V) – MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V)) / MIN(1.8 V to 3.6 V) / (3.6 V – 1.8 V)
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5.20 DCO Frequency
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
fDCO(0,0)
DCO frequency (0, 0)
DCORSELx = 0, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0
0.07
0.20
MHz
fDCO(0,31)
DCO frequency (0, 31)
DCORSELx = 0, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0
0.70
1.70
MHz
fDCO(1,0)
DCO frequency (1, 0)
DCORSELx = 1, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0
0.15
0.36
MHz
fDCO(1,31)
DCO frequency (1, 31)
DCORSELx = 1, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0
1.47
3.45
MHz
fDCO(2,0)
DCO frequency (2, 0)
DCORSELx = 2, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0
0.32
0.75
MHz
fDCO(2,31)
DCO frequency (2, 31)
DCORSELx = 2, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0
3.17
7.38
MHz
fDCO(3,0)
DCO frequency (3, 0)
DCORSELx = 3, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0
0.64
1.51
MHz
fDCO(3,31)
DCO frequency (3, 31)
DCORSELx = 3, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0
6.07
14.0
MHz
fDCO(4,0)
DCO frequency (4, 0)
DCORSELx = 4, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0
1.3
3.2
MHz
fDCO(4,31)
DCO frequency (4, 31)
DCORSELx = 4, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0
12.3
28.2
MHz
fDCO(5,0)
DCO frequency (5, 0)
DCORSELx = 5, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0
2.5
6.0
MHz
fDCO(5,31)
DCO frequency (5, 31)
DCORSELx = 5, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0
23.7
54.1
MHz
fDCO(6,0)
DCO frequency (6, 0)
DCORSELx = 6, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0
4.6
10.7
MHz
fDCO(6,31)
DCO frequency (6, 31)
DCORSELx = 6, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0
39.0
88.0
MHz
fDCO(7,0)
DCO frequency (7, 0)
DCORSELx = 7, DCOx = 0, MODx = 0
8.5
19.6
MHz
fDCO(7,31)
DCO frequency (7, 31)
DCORSELx = 7, DCOx = 31, MODx = 0
60
135
MHz
SDCORSEL
Frequency step between range
DCORSEL and DCORSEL + 1
SRSEL = fDCO(DCORSEL+1,DCO)/fDCO(DCORSEL,DCO)
1.2
2.3
ratio
SDCO
Frequency step between tap
DCO and DCO + 1
SDCO = fDCO(DCORSEL,DCO+1)/fDCO(DCORSEL,DCO)
1.02
1.12
ratio
Duty cycle
Measured at SMCLK
40%
dfDCO/dT
DCO frequency temperature drift
fDCO = 1 MHz
0.1
%/°C
dfDCO/dVCC
DCO frequency voltage drift
fDCO = 1 MHz
1.9
%/V
50%
60%
Typical DCO Frequency, VCC = 3.0 V, TA = 25°C
100
fDCO – MHz
10
DCOx = 31
1
0.1
DCOx = 0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DCORSEL
Figure 5-10. Typical DCO frequency
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
29
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.21 PMM, Brownout Reset (BOR)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
V(DVCC_BOR_IT–)
BORH on voltage,
DVCC falling level
| dDVCC/dt | < 3 V/s
V(DVCC_BOR_IT+)
BORH off voltage,
DVCC rising level
| dDVCC/dt | < 3 V/s
V(DVCC_BOR_hys)
BORH hysteresis
tRESET
Pulse length required at
RST/NMI pin to accept a
reset
MIN
0.80
TYP
1.30
60
MAX
UNIT
1.45
V
1.50
V
250
mV
2
µs
5.22 PMM, Core Voltage
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
VCORE3(AM)
Core voltage, active
mode, PMMCOREV = 3
2.4 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V, 0 mA ≤ I(VCORE) ≤ 21 mA
1.90
V
VCORE2(AM)
Core voltage, active
mode, PMMCOREV = 2
2.2 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V, 0 mA ≤ I(VCORE) ≤ 21 mA
1.80
V
VCORE1(AM)
Core voltage, active
mode, PMMCOREV = 1
2 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V, 0 mA ≤ I(VCORE) ≤ 17 mA
1.60
V
VCORE0(AM)
Core voltage, active
mode, PMMCOREV = 0
1.8 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V, 0 mA ≤ I(VCORE) ≤ 13 mA
1.40
V
VCORE3(LPM)
Core voltage, low-current
2.4 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V, 0 µA ≤ I(VCORE) ≤ 30 µA
mode, PMMCOREV = 3
1.94
V
VCORE2(LPM)
Core voltage, low-current
2.2 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V, 0 µA ≤ I(VCORE) ≤ 30 µA
mode, PMMCOREV = 2
1.84
V
VCORE1(LPM)
Core voltage, low-current
2 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V, 0 µA ≤ I(VCORE) ≤ 30 µA
mode, PMMCOREV = 1
1.64
V
VCORE0(LPM)
Core voltage, low-current
1.8 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V, 0 µA ≤ I(VCORE) ≤ 30 µA
mode, PMMCOREV = 0
1.44
V
30
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5.23 PMM, SVS High Side
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
SVSHE = 0, DVCC = 3.6 V
I(SVSH)
SVS current consumption
V(SVSH_IT+)
SVSH on voltage level (1)
SVSH off voltage level (1)
tpd(SVSH)
SVSH propagation delay
t(SVSH)
SVSH on or off delay time
dVDVCC/dt
DVCC rise time
(1)
MAX
0
SVSHE = 1, DVCC = 3.6 V, SVSHFP = 0
2.0
µA
SVSHE = 1, SVSHRVL = 0
1.59
1.64
1.69
SVSHE = 1, SVSHRVL = 1
1.79
1.84
1.91
SVSHE = 1, SVSHRVL = 2
1.98
2.04
2.11
SVSHE = 1, SVSHRVL = 3
2.10
2.16
2.23
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 0
1.62
1.74
1.81
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 1
1.88
1.94
2.01
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 2
2.07
2.14
2.21
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 3
2.20
2.26
2.33
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 4
2.32
2.40
2.48
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 5
2.56
2.70
2.84
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 6
2.85
3.00
3.15
SVSHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 7
2.85
3.00
3.15
SVSHE = 1, dVDVCC/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVSHFP = 1
2.5
SVSHE = 1, dVDVCC/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVSHFP = 0
20
SVSHE = 0→1, SVSHFP = 1
12.5
SVSHE = 0→1, SVSHFP = 0
100
0
UNIT
nA
200
SVSHE = 1, DVCC = 3.6 V, SVSHFP = 1
V(SVSH_IT–)
TYP
V
V
µs
µs
1000
V/s
The SVSH settings available depend on the VCORE (PMMCOREVx) setting. See the Power Management Module and Supply Voltage
Supervisor chapter in the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide (SLAU208) on recommended settings and usage.
5.24 PMM, SVM High Side
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
SVMHE = 0, DVCC = 3.6 V
I(SVMH)
SVMH current consumption
SVMH on or off voltage level (1)
SVMHE = 1, DVCC = 3.6 V, SVMHFP = 0
SVMH propagation delay
t(SVMH)
SVMH on or off delay time
(1)
UNIT
nA
200
2.0
µA
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 0
1.65
1.74
1.86
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 1
1.85
1.94
2.02
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 2
2.02
2.14
2.22
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 3
2.18
2.26
2.35
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 4
2.32
2.40
2.48
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 5
2.56
2.70
2.84
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 6
2.85
3.00
3.15
SVMHE = 1, SVSMHRRL = 7
2.85
3.00
3.15
SVMHE = 1, SVMHOVPE = 1
tpd(SVMH)
MAX
0
SVMHE = 1, DVCC = 3.6 V, SVMHFP = 1
V(SVMH)
TYP
V
3.75
SVMHE = 1, dVDVCC/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVMHFP = 1
2.5
SVMHE = 1, dVDVCC/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVMHFP = 0
20
SVMHE = 0→1, SVSMFP = 1
12.5
SVMHE = 0→1, SVMHFP = 0
100
µs
µs
The SVMH settings available depend on the VCORE (PMMCOREVx) setting. See the Power Management Module and Supply Voltage
Supervisor chapter in the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide (SLAU208) on recommended settings and usage.
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
31
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.25 PMM, SVS Low Side
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
SVSLE = 0, PMMCOREV = 2
I(SVSL)
SVSL current consumption
tpd(SVSL)
SVSL propagation delay
t(SVSL)
SVSL on/off delay time
TYP
MAX
0
SVSLE = 1, PMMCOREV = 2, SVSLFP = 0
200
SVSLE = 1, PMMCOREV = 2, SVSLFP = 1
2.0
SVSLE = 1, dVCORE/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVSLFP = 1
2.5
SVSLE = 1, dVCORE/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVSLFP = 0
20
SVSLE = 0→1, SVSLFP = 1
12.5
SVSLE = 0→1, SVSLFP = 0
100
UNIT
nA
µA
µs
µs
5.26 PMM, SVM Low Side
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
SVMLE = 0, PMMCOREV = 2
I(SVML)
SVML current consumption
tpd(SVML)
SVML propagation delay
t(SVML)
SVML on or off delay time
TYP
MAX
0
SVMLE = 1, PMMCOREV = 2, SVMLFP = 0
200
SVMLE = 1, PMMCOREV = 2, SVMLFP = 1
2.0
SVMLE = 1, dVCORE/dt = 10 mV/µs, SVMLFP = 1
2.5
SVMLE = 1, dVCORE/dt = 1 mV/µs, SVMLFP = 0
20
SVMLE = 0→1, SVMLFP = 1
12.5
SVMLE = 0→1, SVMLFP = 0
100
UNIT
nA
µA
µs
µs
5.27 Wake-up Times From Low-Power Modes and Reset
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
TYP
MAX
fMCLK ≥ 4 MHz
3
6.5
1 MHz < fMCLK <
4 MHz
4
8.0
150
165
µs
Wake-up time from LPM3.5 or
LPM4.5 to active mode (3)
2
3
ms
Wake-up time from RST or
BOR event to active mode (3)
2
3
ms
tWAKE-UP-FAST
Wake-up time from LPM2,
LPM3, or LPM4 to active
mode (1)
PMMCOREV = SVSMLRRL = n
(where n = 0, 1, 2, or 3),
SVSLFP = 1
tWAKE-UP-SLOW
Wake-up time from LPM2,
LPM3 or LPM4 to active
mode (2)
PMMCOREV = SVSMLRRL = n
(where n = 0, 1, 2, or 3),
SVSLFP = 0
tWAKE-UP-LPM5
tWAKE-UP-RESET
(1)
(2)
(3)
32
MIN
UNIT
µs
This value represents the time from the wake-up event to the first active edge of MCLK. The wake-up time depends on the performance
mode of the low-side supervisor (SVSL) and low-side monitor (SVML). Fastest wake-up times are possible with SVSL and SVML in full
performance mode or disabled when operating in AM, LPM0, and LPM1. Various options are available for SVSL and SVML while
operating in LPM2, LPM3, and LPM4. See the Power Management Module and Supply Voltage Supervisor chapter in the MSP430x5xx
and MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide (SLAU208).
This value represents the time from the wake-up event to the first active edge of MCLK. The wake-up time depends on the performance
mode of the low-side supervisor (SVSL) and low-side monitor (SVML). In this case, the SVSL and SVML are in normal mode (low
current) mode when operating in AM, LPM0, and LPM1. Various options are available for SVSL and SVML while operating in LPM2,
LPM3, and LPM4. See the Power Management Module and Supply Voltage Supervisor chapter in the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx
Family User's Guide (SLAU208).
This value represents the time from the wake-up event to the reset vector execution.
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5.28 Timer_A, Timers TA0, TA1, and TA2
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
fTA
Timer_A input clock frequency
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
External: TACLK
Duty cycle = 50% ±10%
1.8 V, 3 V
tTA,cap
Timer_A capture timing
All capture inputs,
Minimum pulse duration required for
capture
1.8 V, 3 V
MIN
MAX
UNIT
20
MHz
20
ns
5.29 Timer_B, Timer TB0
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
fTB
Timer_B input clock frequency
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
External: TBCLK
Duty cycle = 50% ±10%
1.8 V, 3 V
tTB,cap
Timer_B capture timing
All capture inputs,
Minimum pulse duration required for
capture
1.8 V, 3 V
MIN
MAX
UNIT
20
MHz
20
ns
5.30 Battery Backup
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VBAT = 1.7 V,
DVCC not connected,
RTC running
IVBAT
Current into VBAT terminal if no
primary battery is connected
VBAT = 2.2 V,
DVCC not connected,
RTC running
VBAT = 3 V,
DVCC not connected,
RTC running
VCC
MIN
0.43
TA = 25°C
0.52
TA = 60°C
0.58
TA = 85°C
0.64
TA = –40°C
0.50
TA = 25°C
0.59
TA = 60°C
0.64
TA = 85°C
0.71
TA = –40°C
0.68
TA = 25°C
0.75
TA = 60°C
0.79
TA = 85°C
0.86
General
VSWITCH
Switch-over level (VCC to VBAT)
RON_VBAT
ON-resistance of switch
between VBAT and VBAK
VBAT3
VBAT to ADC input channel 12:
VBAT divided, VBAT3 = VBAT/3
tSample,
CVCC = 4.7 µF
VSVSH_IT1.69
SVSHRL = 1
1.79
1.91
SVSHRL = 2
1.98
2.11
SVSHRL = 3
2.10
2.23
VBAT = 1.8 V
UNIT
µA
1.59
0V
0.35
1
1.8 V
0.6
±5%
3V
1.0
±5%
3.6 V
1.2
±5%
VBAT to ADC: Sampling time
required if VBAT3 selected
ADC12ON = 1,
Error of conversion result ≤ 1 LSB
1000
VCHVx
Charger end voltage
CHVx = 2
2.65
Charge limiting resistor
MAX
SVSHRL = 0
VBAT3
RCHARGE
TYP
TA = –40°C
2.7
2.9
5
CHCx = 2
10
CHCx = 3
20
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
kΩ
V
ns
CHCx = 1
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
V
Specifications
V
kΩ
33
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.31 USCI (UART Mode)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
fUSCI
USCI input clock frequency
fBITCLK
BITCLK clock frequency
(equals baud rate in MBaud)
tτ
UART receive deglitch time (1)
(1)
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
External: UCLK
Duty cycle = 50% ±10%
MAX
UNIT
fSYSTEM
MHz
1
MHz
2.2 V
50
600
3V
50
600
ns
Pulses on the UART receive input (UCxRX) shorter than the UART receive deglitch time are suppressed. To ensure that pulses are
correctly recognized their width should exceed the maximum specification of the deglitch time.
5.32 USCI (SPI Master Mode)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
(see Figure 5-11 and Figure 5-12)
PARAMETER
fUSCI
USCI input clock frequency
TEST CONDITIONS
PMMCOREV = 0
tSU,MI
SOMI input data setup time
PMMCOREV = 3
PMMCOREV = 0
tHD,MI
SOMI input data hold time
PMMCOREV = 3
tVALID,MO
SIMO output data valid time (2)
(2)
(3)
34
1.8 V
55
3V
38
2.4 V
30
3V
25
1.8 V
0
3V
0
2.4 V
0
3V
0
MAX
UNIT
fSYSTEM
MHz
ns
ns
1.8 V
20
3V
18
UCLK edge to SIMO valid,
CL = 20 pF, PMMCOREV = 3
2.4 V
16
SIMO output data hold time (3)
CL = 20 pF, PMMCOREV = 3
(1)
MIN
UCLK edge to SIMO valid,
CL = 20 pF,
PMMCOREV = 0
CL = 20 pF, PMMCOREV = 0
tHD,MO
VCC
SMCLK, ACLK,
Duty cycle = 50% ±10%
3V
ns
15
1.8 V
–10
3V
–8
2.4 V
–10
3V
–8
ns
fUCxCLK = 1/2tLO/HI with tLO/HI ≥ max(tVALID,MO(USCI) + tSU,SI(Slave), tSU,MI(USCI) + tVALID,SO(Slave)).
For the slave parameters tSU,SI(Slave) and tVALID,SO(Slave), see the SPI parameters of the attached slave.
Specifies the time to drive the next valid data to the SIMO output after the output changing UCLK clock edge. See the timing diagrams
in Figure 5-11 and Figure 5-12.
Specifies how long data on the SIMO output is valid after the output changing UCLK clock edge. Negative values indicate that the data
on the SIMO output can become invalid before the output changing clock edge observed on UCLK. See the timing diagrams in Figure 511 and Figure 5-12.
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
1/fUCxCLK
CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1
tLO/HI
tLO/HI
tSU,MI
tHD,MI
SOMI
tHD,MO
tVALID,MO
SIMO
Figure 5-11. SPI Master Mode, CKPH = 0
1/fUCxCLK
CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1
tLO/HI
tLO/HI
tSU,MI
tHD,MI
SOMI
tHD,MO
tVALID,MO
SIMO
Figure 5-12. SPI Master Mode, CKPH = 1
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
35
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.33 USCI (SPI Slave Mode)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
(see Figure 5-13 and Figure 5-14)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
PMMCOREV = 0
tSTE,LEAD
STE lead time, STE low to clock
PMMCOREV = 3
PMMCOREV = 0
tSTE,LAG
STE lag time, Last clock to STE high
PMMCOREV = 3
PMMCOREV = 0
tSTE,ACC
STE access time, STE low to SOMI data out
PMMCOREV = 3
PMMCOREV = 0
STE disable time, STE high to SOMI high
impedance
tSTE,DIS
PMMCOREV = 3
SIMO input data setup time
PMMCOREV = 3
PMMCOREV = 0
tHD,SI
SIMO input data hold time
PMMCOREV = 3
tVALID,SO
tHD,SO
(1)
(2)
(3)
36
SOMI output data valid time (2)
SOMI output data hold time (3)
MIN
11
3V
8
2.4 V
7
3V
6
1.8 V
3
3V
3
2.4 V
3
3V
3
MAX
UNIT
ns
ns
1.8 V
66
3V
50
2.4 V
36
3V
30
1.8 V
30
3V
23
2.4 V
16
3V
PMMCOREV = 0
tSU,SI
VCC
1.8 V
ns
ns
13
1.8 V
5
3V
5
2.4 V
2
3V
2
1.8 V
5
3V
5
2.4 V
5
3V
5
ns
ns
UCLK edge to SOMI valid,
CL = 20 pF,
PMMCOREV = 0
1.8 V
76
3V
60
UCLK edge to SOMI valid,
CL = 20 pF,
PMMCOREV = 3
2.4 V
44
3V
40
CL = 20 pF,
PMMCOREV = 0
1.8 V
18
3V
12
CL = 20 pF,
PMMCOREV = 3
2.4 V
10
3V
8
ns
ns
fUCxCLK = 1/2tLO/HI with tLO/HI ≥ max(tVALID,MO(Master) + tSU,SI(USCI), tSU,MI(Master) + tVALID,SO(USCI)).
For the master parameters tSU,MI(Master) and tVALID,MO(Master), see the SPI parameters of the attached slave.
Specifies the time to drive the next valid data to the SOMI output after the output changing UCLK clock edge. See the timing diagrams
in Figure 5-13 and Figure 5-14.
Specifies how long data on the SOMI output is valid after the output changing UCLK clock edge. See the timing diagrams in Figure 5-13
and Figure 5-14.
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
tSTE,LEAD
tSTE,LAG
STE
1/fUCxCLK
CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1
tLO/HI
tSU,SI
tLO/HI
tHD,SI
SIMO
tHD,SO
tVALID,SO
tSTE,ACC
tSTE,DIS
SOMI
Figure 5-13. SPI Slave Mode, CKPH = 0
tSTE,LAG
tSTE,LEAD
STE
1/fUCxCLK
CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1
tLO/HI
tLO/HI
tHD,SI
tSU,SI
SIMO
tSTE,ACC
tHD,MO
tVALID,SO
tSTE,DIS
SOMI
Figure 5-14. SPI Slave Mode, CKPH = 1
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
37
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.34 USCI (I2C Mode)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (see Figure 5-15)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
External: UCLK
Duty cycle = 50% ±10%
MAX
UNIT
fSYSTEM
MHz
400
kHz
fUSCI
USCI input clock frequency
fSCL
SCL clock frequency
tHD,STA
Hold time (repeated) START
tSU,STA
Setup time for a repeated START
tHD,DAT
Data hold time
2.2 V, 3 V
0
ns
tSU,DAT
Data setup time
2.2 V, 3 V
250
ns
2.2 V, 3 V
fSCL ≤ 100 kHz
fSCL ≤ 100 kHz
fSCL ≤ 100 kHz
tSP
Pulse duration of spikes suppressed by
input filter
tSU,STA
tHD,STA
4.7
µs
0.6
4.0
2.2 V, 3 V
fSCL > 100 kHz
µs
0.6
2.2 V, 3 V
fSCL > 100 kHz
Setup time for STOP
4.0
2.2 V, 3 V
fSCL > 100 kHz
tSU,STO
0
µs
0.6
2.2 V
50
600
3V
50
600
tHD,STA
ns
tBUF
SDA
tLOW
tHIGH
tSP
SCL
tSU,DAT
tSU,STO
tHD,DAT
Figure 5-15. I2C Mode Timing
38
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5.35 LCD_B, Recommended Operating Conditions
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
Supply voltage range, charge pump
enabled, VLCD ≤ 3.6 V
LCDCPEN = 1, 0000 < VLCDx ≤ 1111
(charge pump enabled, VLCD ≤ 3.6 V)
2.2
3.6
V
Supply voltage range, charge pump
enabled, VLCD ≤ 3.3 V
LCDCPEN = 1, 0000 < VLCDx ≤ 1100
(charge pump enabled, VLCD ≤ 3.3 V)
2.0
3.6
V
VCC,LCD_B, int. bias
Supply voltage range, internal biasing,
charge pump disabled
LCDCPEN = 0, VLCDEXT = 0
2.4
3.6
V
VCC,LCD_B,
Supply voltage range, external biasing,
charge pump disabled
LCDCPEN = 0, VLCDEXT = 0
2.4
3.6
V
Supply voltage range, external LCD
voltage, internal or external biasing,
charge pump disabled
LCDCPEN = 0, VLCDEXT = 1
2.0
3.6
V
VLCDCAP/R33
External LCD voltage at LCDCAP/R33,
internal or external biasing, charge
pump disabled
LCDCPEN = 0, VLCDEXT = 1
2.4
3.6
V
CLCDCAP
Capacitor on LCDCAP when charge
pump enabled
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx > 0000
(charge pump enabled)
4.7
10
µF
fFrame
LCD frame frequency range
fLCD = 2 × mux × fFRAME
(mux = 1 (static), 2, 3, 4)
100
Hz
fACLK,in
ACLK input frequency range
40
kHz
CPanel
Panel capacitance
100-Hz frame frequency
10000
pF
VCC +
0.2
V
VCC,LCD_B,
CP en,3.6
VCC,LCD_B,
CP en,3.3
ext. bias
VCC,LCD_B,
VLCDEXT
4.7
0
30
32
VR33
Analog input voltage at R33
LCDCPEN = 0, VLCDEXT = 1
VR23,1/3bias
Analog input voltage at R23
LCDREXT = 1, LCDEXTBIAS = 1,
LCD2B = 0
VR13
VR03 + 2/3 ×
(VR33-VR03)
VR33
V
VR13,1/3bias
Analog input voltage at R13 with 1/3
biasing
LCDREXT = 1, LCDEXTBIAS = 1,
LCD2B = 0
VR03
VR03 + 1/3 ×
(VR33-VR03)
VR23
V
VR13,1/2bias
Analog input voltage at R13 with 1/2
biasing
LCDREXT = 1, LCDEXTBIAS = 1,
LCD2B = 1
VR03
VR03 + 1/2 ×
(VR33-VR03)
VR33
V
VR03
Analog input voltage at R03
R0EXT = 1
VLCD-VR03
Voltage difference between VLCD and
R03
VLCDREF/R13
External LCD reference voltage applied
VLCDREFx = 01
at LCDREF/R13
LCDCPEN = 0, R0EXT = 1
2.4
VSS
V
2.4
0.8
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
1.2
VCC+0
.2
V
1.5
V
Specifications
39
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.36 LCD_B, Electrical Characteristics
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
VLCDx = 0000, VLCDEXT = 0
2.4 V to 3.6 V
VCC
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0001
2 V to 3.6 V
2.60
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0010
2 V to 3.6 V
2.66
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0011
2 V to 3.6 V
2.72
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0100
2 V to 3.6 V
2.79
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0101
2 V to 3.6 V
2.85
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0110
2 V to 3.6 V
2.92
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 0111
2 V to 3.6 V
2.98
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1000
2 V to 3.6 V
3.05
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1001
2 V to 3.6 V
3.10
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1010
2 V to 3.6 V
3.17
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1011
2 V to 3.6 V
3.24
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1100
2 V to 3.6 V
3.30
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1101
2.2 V to 3.6 V
3.36
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1110
2.2 V to 3.6 V
3.42
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1111
2.2 V to 3.6 V
3.48
ICC,Peak,CP
Peak supply currents due to
charge pump activities
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1111
2.2 V
400
tLCD,CP,on
Time to charge CLCD when
discharged
CLCD = 4.7 µF,
LCDCPEN = 0→1,
VLCDx = 1111
2.2 V
100
ICP,Load
Maximum charge pump load
current
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1111
2.2 V
RLCD,Seg
LCD driver output
impedance, segment lines
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1000,
ILOAD = ±10 µA
2.2 V
10
kΩ
RLCD,COM
LCD driver output
impedance, common lines
LCDCPEN = 1, VLCDx = 1000,
ILOAD = ±10 µA
2.2 V
10
kΩ
VLCD
40
LCD voltage
Specifications
V
3.6
µA
500
50
ms
µA
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5.37 12-Bit ADC, Power Supply and Input Range Conditions
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
AVCC
Analog supply voltage
AVCC and DVCC are connected together,
AVSS and DVSS are connected together,
V(AVSS) = V(DVSS) = 0 V
V(Ax)
Analog input voltage range (2)
All ADC12 analog input pins Ax
IADC12_A
Operating supply current into
AVCC terminal (3)
fADC12CLK = 5 MHz (4)
CI
Input capacitance
Only one terminal Ax can be selected at one
time
Input MUX ON resistance
0 V ≤ VIN ≤ V(AVCC)
RI
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
2.2
3.6
V
0
AVCC
V
2.2 V
150
200
3V
150
250
2.2 V
20
25
pF
200
1900
Ω
10
µA
The leakage current is specified by the digital I/O input leakage.
The analog input voltage range must be within the selected reference voltage range VR+ to VR– for valid conversion results. If the
reference voltage is supplied by an external source or if the internal voltage is used and REFOUT = 1, then decoupling capacitors are
required. See Section 5.43 and Section 5.44.
The internal reference supply current is not included in current consumption parameter IADC12.
ADC12ON = 1, REFON = 0, SHT0 = 0, SHT1 = 0, ADC12DIV = 0
5.38 12-Bit ADC, Timing Parameters
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
For specified performance of ADC12 linearity
parameters using an external reference voltage or
AVCC as reference (1)
fADC12CLK
ADC conversion clock
For specified performance of ADC12 linearity
parameters using the internal reference (2)
2.2 V, 3 V
For specified performance of ADC12 linearity
parameters using the internal reference (3)
fADC12OSC
tCONVERT
tSample
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Internal ADC12
oscillator (4)
Conversion time
Sampling time
MIN
TYP
MAX
0.45
4.8
5.0
0.45
2.4
4.0
0.45
2.4
2.7
4.8
5.4
ADC12DIV = 0, fADC12CLK = fADC12OSC
2.2 V, 3 V
4.2
REFON = 0, Internal oscillator,
ADC12OSC used for ADC conversion clock
2.2 V, 3 V
2.4
MHz
MHz
3.1
µs
External fADC12CLK from ACLK, MCLK or SMCLK,
ADC12SSEL ≠ 0
RS = 400 Ω, RI = 200 Ω, CI = 20 pF,
τ = [RS + RI] × CI (6)
UNIT
(5)
2.2 V, 3 V
1000
ns
REFOUT = 0, external reference voltage: SREF2 = 0, SREF1 = 1, SREF0 = 0. AVCC as reference voltage: SREF2 = 0, SREF1 = 0,
SREF0 = 0. The specified performance of the ADC12 linearity is ensured when using the ADC12OSC. For other clock sources, the
specified performance of the ADC12 linearity is ensured with fADC12CLK maximum of 5 MHz.
SREF2 = 0, SREF1 = 1, SREF0 = 0, ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1
SREF2 = 0, SREF1 = 1, SREF0 = 0, ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 0. The specified performance of the ADC12 linearity is ensured when
using the ADC12OSC divided by 2.
The ADC12OSC is sourced directly from MODOSC inside the UCS.
13 × ADC12DIV × 1/fADC12CLK
Approximately 10 Tau (τ) are needed to get an error of less than ±0.5 LSB:
tSample = ln(2n+1) x (RS + RI) × CI + 800 ns, where n = ADC resolution = 12, RS = external source resistance
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
41
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.39 12-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters Using an External Reference Voltage
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
(2)
MAX
EI
Integral
linearity error (1)
1.4 V ≤ dVREF ≤ 1.6 V
ED
Differential
linearity error (1)
(2)
2.2 V, 3 V
EO
Offset error (3)
dVREF ≤ 2.2 V (2)
2.2 V, 3 V
±3
±5.6
dVREF > 2.2 V (2)
2.2 V, 3 V
±1.5
±3.5
EG
Gain error (3)
(2)
ET
(1)
(2)
(3)
1.6 V < dVREF
±1.7
±1
2.2 V, 3 V
±1
±2.5
(2)
2.2 V, 3 V
±3.5
±7.1
dVREF > 2.2 V (2)
2.2 V, 3 V
±2
±5
dVREF ≤ 2.2 V
Total unadjusted
error
±2
2.2 V, 3 V
(2)
UNIT
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
Parameters are derived using the histogram method.
The external reference voltage is selected by: SREF2 = 0 or 1, SREF1 = 1, SREF0 = 0. dVREF = VR+ - VR-. VR+ < AVCC. VR- > AVSS.
Unless otherwise mentioned, dVREF > 1.5 V. Impedance of the external reference voltage R < 100 Ω, and two decoupling capacitors,
10 µF and 100 nF, should be connected to VREF+/VREF- to decouple the dynamic current. See also the MSP430F5xx and
MSP430F6xx Family User's Guide (SLAU208).
Parameters are derived using a best fit curve.
5.40 12-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters Using AVCC as Reference Voltage
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
EI
Integral linearity error
See
(2)
2.2 V, 3 V
±1.7
LSB
ED
Differential linearity error (1)
See
(2)
2.2 V, 3 V
±1
LSB
EO
Offset error (3)
See
(2)
2.2 V, 3 V
±1
±2
LSB
EG
Gain error
(3)
See
(2)
2.2 V, 3 V
±2
±4
LSB
ET
Total unadjusted error
See
(2)
2.2 V, 3 V
±2
±5
LSB
TYP
MAX
UNIT
(1)
(2)
(3)
(1)
Parameters are derived using the histogram method.
AVCC as reference voltage is selected by: SREF2 = 0, SREF1 = 0, SREF0 = 0.
Parameters are derived using a best fit curve.
5.41 12-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters Using the Internal Reference Voltage
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
EI
Integral
linearity error (2)
ED
Differential
linearity error (2)
EO
Offset error (3)
EG
Gain error (3)
ET
Total unadjusted
error
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
42
TEST CONDITIONS (1)
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1
fADC12CLK ≤ 4.0 MHz
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 0
fADC12CLK ≤ 2.7 MHz
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1
fADC12CLK ≤ 4.0 MHz
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1
fADC12CLK ≤ 2.7 MHz
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 0
fADC12CLK ≤ 2.7 MHz
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1
fADC12CLK ≤ 4.0 MHz
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 0
fADC12CLK ≤ 2.7 MHz
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1
fADC12CLK ≤ 4.0 MHz
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 0
fADC12CLK ≤ 2.7 MHz
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 1
fADC12CLK ≤ 4.0 MHz
ADC12SR = 0, REFOUT = 0
fADC12CLK ≤ 2.7 MHz
VCC
MIN
±1.7
2.2 V, 3 V
±2.5
-1
+1.5
-1
+2.5
2.2 V, 3 V
±1
2.2 V, 3 V
2.2 V, 3 V
2.2 V, 3 V
±2
±4
±2
±4
±1
±2.5
LSB
LSB
LSB
(4)
VREF
±5
LSB
±1%
±2
LSB
±1% (4) VREF
The external reference voltage is selected by: SREF2 = 0, SREF1 = 0, SREF0 = 1. dVREF = VR+ - VR-.
Parameters are derived using the histogram method.
Parameters are derived using a best fit curve.
The gain error and the total unadjusted error are dominated by the accuracy of the integrated reference module absolute accuracy. In
this mode the reference voltage used by the ADC12_A is not available on a pin.
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5.42 12-Bit ADC, Temperature Sensor and Built-In VMID
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
ADC12ON = 1, INCH = 0Ah,
TA = 0°C
(1)
VCC
MIN
TYP
2.2 V
680
3V
680
2.2 V
2.25
3V
2.25
MAX
VSENSOR
See
TCSENSOR
Temperature coefficient of sensor ADC12ON = 1, INCH = 0Ah
tSENSOR(sample)
Sample time required if
channel 10 is selected (2) (3)
ADC12ON = 1, INCH = 0Ah,
Error of conversion result ≤ 1 LSB
2.2 V
100
3V
100
VMID
AVCC divider at channel 11
ADC12ON = 1, INCH = 0Bh,
VMID is approximately 0.5 × VAVCC
2.2 V
1.06
1.1
1.14
3V
1.46
1.5
1.54
tVMID(sample)
Sample time required if
channel 11 is selected (4)
ADC12ON = 1, INCH = 0Bh,
Error of conversion result ≤ 1 LSB
2.2 V, 3 V
1000
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
UNIT
mV
mV/°C
µs
V
ns
The temperature sensor is provided by the REF module. See the REF module parametric, IREF+, regarding the current consumption of
the temperature sensor.
The temperature sensor offset can be significant. A single-point calibration is recommended to minimize the offset error of the built-in
temperature sensor. The TLV structure contains calibration values for 30°C ±3°C and 85°C ±3°C for each of the available reference
voltage levels. The sensor voltage can be computed as VSENSE = TCSENSOR × (Temperature,°C) + VSENSOR, where TCSENSOR and
VSENSOR can be computed from the calibration values for higher accuracy. See also the MSP430F5xx and MSP430F6xx Family User's
Guide (SLAU208).
The typical equivalent impedance of the sensor is 51 kΩ. The sample time required includes the sensor-on time tSENSOR(on).
The on-time tVMID(on) is included in the sampling time tVMID(sample); no additional on time is needed.
Typical Temperature Sensor Voltage (mV)
1000
950
900
850
800
750
700
650
600
550
500
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Ambient Temperature (°C)
Figure 5-16. Typical Temperature Sensor Voltage
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
43
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.43 REF, External Reference
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
VeREF+
Positive external
reference voltage input
VeREF+ > VREF-/VeREF-
(2)
1.4
AVCC
V
VREF-/VeREF-
Negative external
reference voltage input
VeREF+ > VREF-/VeREF-
(3)
0
1.2
V
VeREF+ –
VREF-/VeREF-
Differential external
reference voltage input
VeREF+ > VREF-/VeREF-
(4)
1.4
AVCC
V
–26
26
IVeREF+, IVREF-
Static input current
/VeREF-
CVREF+/(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
44
Capacitance at VREF+
or VREF- terminal (5)
1.4 V ≤ VeREF+ ≤ VAVCC , VeREF- = 0 V,
fADC12CLK = 5 MHz, ADC12SHTx = 1h,
Conversion rate 200 ksps
2.2 V, 3 V
1.4 V ≤ VeREF+ ≤ VAVCC , VeREF- = 0 V,
fADC12CLK = 5 MHZ, ADC12SHTx = 8h,
Conversion rate 20 ksps
2.2 V, 3 V
µA
–1.2
10
+1.2
µF
The external reference is used during ADC conversion to charge and discharge the capacitance array. The input capacitance, Ci, is also
the dynamic load for an external reference during conversion. The dynamic impedance of the reference supply should follow the
recommendations on analog-source impedance to let the charge settle for 12-bit accuracy.
The accuracy limits the minimum positive external reference voltage. Lower reference voltage levels may be applied with reduced
accuracy requirements.
The accuracy limits the maximum negative external reference voltage. Higher reference voltage levels may be applied with reduced
accuracy requirements.
The accuracy limits minimum external differential reference voltage. Lower differential reference voltage levels may be applied with
reduced accuracy requirements.
Two decoupling capacitors, 10 µF and 100 nF, should be connected to VREF to decouple the dynamic current required for an external
reference source if it is used for the ADC12_A. See also the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide (SLAU208).
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5.44 REF, Built-In Reference
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
REFVSEL = {2} for 2.5 V,
REFON = REFOUT = 1 ,
IVREF+ = 0 A
VREF+
REFVSEL = {1} for 2 V,
Positive built-in reference
REFON = REFOUT = 1,
voltage output
IVREF+ = 0 A
REFVSEL = {0} for 1.5 V,
REFON = REFOUT = 1,
IVREF+ = 0 A
AVCC(min)
VCC
TYP
MAX
3V
2.5
±1%
3V
2.0
±1%
2.2 V, 3 V
1.5
±1%
REFVSEL = {0} for 1.5 V
AVCC minimum voltage,
Positive built-in reference REFVSEL = {1} for 2 V
active
REFVSEL = {2} for 2.5 V
MIN
V
2.2
2.3
V
2.8
ADC12SR = 1 (4), REFON = 1, REFOUT = 0,
REFBURST = 0
IREF+
UNIT
70
100
µA
0.45
0.75
mA
210
310
µA
ADC12SR = 0 (4), REFON = 1, REFOUT = 1,
REFBURST = 0
0.95
1.7
mA
1500
ADC12SR = 1 (4), REFON = 1, REFOUT = 1,
Operating supply current REFBURST = 0
into AVCC terminal (2) (3) ADC12SR = 0 (4), REFON = 1, REFOUT = 0,
REFBURST = 0
3V
IL(VREF+)
Load-current regulation,
VREF+ terminal (5)
REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}
IVREF+ = +10 µA , –1000 µA
AVCC = AVCC(min) for each reference level,
REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, REFON = REFOUT = 1
CVREF+
Capacitance at VREF+
terminal
REFON = REFOUT = 1, (6)
0 mA ≤ IVREF+ ≤ IVREF+(max)
TCREF+
Temperature coefficient
of built-in reference (7)
IVREF+ is a constant in the range
of 0 mA ≤ IVREF+ ≤ –1 mA
REFOUT = 0
2.2 V, 3 V
20
TCREF+
Temperature coefficient
of built-in reference (7)
IVREF+ is a constant in the range
of 0 mA ≤ IVREF+ ≤ –1 mA
REFOUT = 1
2.2 V, 3 V
20
50
ppm/
°C
PSRR_DC
Power supply rejection
ratio (DC)
AVCC = AVCC(min) through AVCC(max),
TA = 25°C, REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, REFON = 1,
REFOUT = 0 or 1
120
300
µV/V
PSRR_AC
Power supply rejection
ratio (AC)
AVCC = AVCC(min) through AVCC(max),
TA = 25°C, REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, REFON = 1,
REFOUT = 0 or 1
1
2.2 V, 3 V
20
AVCC = AVCC(min) through AVCC(max),
REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, REFOUT = 0,
REFON = 0 → 1
tSETTLE
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Settling time of reference
AVCC = AVCC(min) through AVCC(max),
voltage (8)
CVREF = CVREF(max),
REFVSEL = {0, 1, 2}, REFOUT = 1,
REFON = 0 → 1
2500 µV/mA
100
pF
ppm/
°C
mV/V
75
µs
75
The reference is supplied to the ADC by the REF module and is buffered locally inside the ADC. The ADC uses two internal buffers, one
smaller and one larger for driving the VREF+ terminal. When REFOUT = 1, the reference is available at the VREF+ terminal, as well as,
used as the reference for the conversion and uses the larger buffer. When REFOUT = 0, the reference is only used as the reference for
the conversion and uses the smaller buffer.
The internal reference current is supplied by the AVCC terminal. Consumption is independent of the ADC12ON control bit, unless a
conversion is active. REFOUT = 0 represents the current contribution of the smaller buffer. REFOUT = 1 represents the current
contribution of the larger buffer without external load.
The temperature sensor is provided by the REF module. Its current is supplied by terminal AVCC and is equivalent to IREF+ with
REFON = 1 and REFOUT = 0.
For devices without the ADC12, the parametric with ADC12SR = 0 are applicable.
Contribution only due to the reference and buffer including package. This does not include resistance due to PCB traces or other
external factors.
Connect two decoupling capacitors, 10 µF and 100 nF, to VREF to decouple the dynamic current required for an external reference
source if it is used for the ADC12_A. See also the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide (SLAU208).
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40°C to +85°C) – MIN(–40°C to +85°C)) / MIN(–40°C to +85°C)/(85°C – (–40°C)).
The condition is that the error in a conversion started after tREFON is less than ±0.5 LSB. The settling time depends on the external
capacitive load when REFOUT = 1.
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
45
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.45 12-Bit DAC, Supply Specifications
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
AVCC
TEST CONDITIONS
Analog supply voltage
AVCC = DVCC, AVSS = DVSS = 0 V
DAC12AMPx = 2, DAC12IR = 0,
DAC12OG = 1,
DAC12_xDAT = 0800h,
VeREF+ = VREF+ = 1.5 V
Supply current, single DAC channel (1)
IDD
VCC
MIN
2.20
3V
DAC12AMPx = 2, DAC12IR = 1,
DAC12_xDAT = 0800h,
VeREF+ = VREF+ = AVCC
(2)
DAC12AMPx = 5, DAC12IR = 1,
DAC12_xDAT = 0800h,
VeREF+ = VREF+ = AVCC
PSRR
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Power supply rejection ratio
(3) (4)
DAC12_xDAT = 800h,
VeREF+ = 1.5 V or 2.5 V,
ΔAVCC = 100 mV
MAX
UNIT
3.60
V
65
110
125
165
µA
2.2 V, 3 V
DAC12AMPx = 7, DAC12IR = 1,
DAC12_xDAT = 0800h,
VeREF+ = VREF+ = AVCC
DAC12_xDAT = 800h,
VeREF+ = 1.5 V, ΔAVCC = 100 mV
TYP
250
350
750
1100
2.2 V
70
3V
70
dB
No load at the output pin, DAC12_0 or DAC12_1, assuming that the control bits for the shared pins are set properly.
Current into reference terminals not included. If DAC12IR = 1 current flows through the input divider; see Reference Input specifications.
PSRR = 20 log (ΔAVCC / ΔVDAC12_xOUT)
The internal reference is not used.
5.46 12-Bit DAC, Linearity Specifications
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (see Figure 5-17)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
Resolution
12-bit monotonic
INL
Integral
nonlinearity (1)
VeREF+ = 1.5 V, DAC12AMPx = 7, DAC12IR = 1
2.2 V
±2
±4 (2)
VeREF+ = 2.5 V, DAC12AMPx = 7, DAC12IR = 1
3V
±2
±4
DNL
Differential
nonlinearity (1)
VeREF+ = 1.5 V, DAC12AMPx = 7, DAC12IR = 1
2.2 V
±0.4
±1 (2)
VeREF+ = 2.5 V, DAC12AMPx = 7, DAC12IR = 1
3V
±0.4
±1
Without calibration (1)
EO
Offset voltage
With calibration
dE(O)/dT
Offset error
temperature
coefficient (1)
EG
Gain error
(1)
(2)
(3)
46
(1) (3)
12
(3)
VeREF+ = 1.5 V,
DAC12AMPx = 7,
DAC12IR = 1
2.2 V
VeREF+ = 2.5 V,
DAC12AMPx = 7,
DAC12IR = 1
3V
UNIT
bits
LSB
LSB
±21 (2)
±21
mV
VeREF+ = 1.5 V,
DAC12AMPx = 7,
DAC12IR = 1
2.2 V
VeREF+ = 2.5 V,
DAC12AMPx = 7,
DAC12IR = 1
3V
±1.5
(2)
±1.5
With calibration
2.2 V, 3 V
±10
µV/°C
VeREF+ = 1.5 V
2.2 V
±2.5
VeREF+ = 2.5 V
3V
±2.5
%FSR
Parameters calculated from the best-fit curve from 0x0F to 0xFFF. The best-fit curve method is used to deliver coefficients "a" and "b" of
the first-order equation: y = a + bx. VDAC12_xOUT = EO + (1 + EG) × (VeREF+ / 4095) × DAC12_xDAT, DAC12IR = 1.
This parameter is not production tested.
The offset calibration works on the output operational amplifier. Offset calibration is triggered by setting the DAC12CALON bit.
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
12-Bit DAC, Linearity Specifications (continued)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (see Figure 5-17)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
dE(G)/dT
Gain temperature
coefficient (1)
tOffset_Cal
Time for offset
calibration (4)
VCC
MIN
2.2 V, 3 V
TYP
UNIT
ppm
of
FSR/
°C
10
DAC12AMPx = 2
165
DAC12AMPx = 3, 5
2.2 V, 3 V
66
DAC12AMPx = 4, 6, 7
(4)
MAX
ms
16.5
The offset calibration can be done if DAC12AMPx = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7}. The output operational amplifier is switched off with DAC12AMPx =
{0, 1}. TI recommends configuring the DAC12 module before initiating calibration. Port activity during calibration may effect accuracy
and is not recommended.
DAC VOUT
DAC Output
VR+
RLoad = ¥
Ideal transfer
function
AVCC
2
CLoad = 100 pF
Offset Error
Positive
Negative
Gain Error
DAC Code
Figure 5-17. Linearity Test Load Conditions and Gain/Offset Definition
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
47
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.47 12-Bit DAC, Output Specifications
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
No load, VeREF+ = AVCC,
DAC12_xDAT = 0h, DAC12IR = 1,
DAC12AMPx = 7
No load, VeREF+ = AVCC,
DAC12_xDAT = 0FFFh, DAC12IR = 1,
DAC12AMPx = 7
Output voltage
range (1) (see
Figure 5-18)
VO
MIN
TYP
0
0.005
AVCC –
0.05
AVCC
2.2 V, 3 V
RLoad = 3 kΩ, VeREF+ = AVCC,
DAC12_xDAT = 0h, DAC12IR = 1,
DAC12AMPx = 7
RLoad = 3 kΩ, VeREF+ = AVCC,
DAC12_xDAT = 0FFFh, DAC12IR = 1,
DAC12AMPx = 7
CL(DAC12)
Maximum DAC12
load capacitance
2.2 V, 3 V
IL(DAC12)
DAC12AMPx = 2, DAC12_xDAT = 0FFFh,
Maximum DAC12 VO/P(DAC12) > AVCC – 0.3
load current
DAC12AMPx = 2, DAC12_xDAT = 0h,
VO/P(DAC12) < 0.3 V
2.2 V, 3 V
0
0.1
AVCC –
0.13
AVCC
100
pF
–1
mA
1
Output resistance RLoad = 3 kΩ, VO/P(DAC12) > AVCC – 0.3 V,
(see Figure 5-18) DAC12_xDAT = 0FFFh
2.2 V, 3 V
150
250
150
250
RLoad = 3 kΩ,
0.3 V ≤ VO/P(DAC12) ≤ AVCC – 0.3 V
(1)
UNIT
V
RLoad = 3 kΩ, VO/P(DAC12) < 0.3 V,
DAC12AMPx = 2, DAC12_xDAT = 0h
RO/P(DAC12)
MAX
Ω
6
Data is valid after the offset calibration of the output amplifier.
RO/P(DAC12_x)
ILoad
Max
RLoad
AVCC
DAC12
2
O/P(DAC12_x)
CLoad = 100 pF
Min
0.3
AVCC – 0.3 V
VOUT
AVCC
Figure 5-18. DAC12_x Output Resistance Tests
48
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5.48 12-Bit DAC, Reference Input Specifications
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
DAC12IR = 0 (1)
Reference input voltage
range
VeREF+
VCC
(2)
2.2 V, 3 V
DAC12IR = 1 (3)
(4)
DAC12_0 IR = DAC12_1 IR = 0
Ri(VREF+),
Ri(VeREF+)
MIN
(6)
AVCC
/3
AVCC
+ 0.2
AVCC
AVCC
+ 0.2
UNIT
V
MΩ
48
2.2 V, 3 V
DAC12_0 IR = 0, DAC12_1 IR = 1
48
DAC12_0 IR = DAC12_1 IR = 1,
DAC12_0 SREFx = DAC12_1 SREFx (6)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
MAX
20
DAC12_0 IR = 1, DAC12_1 IR = 0
Reference input resistance (5)
TYP
kΩ
24
For a full-scale output, the reference input voltage can be as high as 1/3 of the maximum output voltage swing (AVCC).
The maximum voltage applied at reference input voltage terminal VeREF+ = (AVCC – VE(O)) / (3 × (1 + EG)).
For a full-scale output, the reference input voltage can be as high as the maximum output voltage swing (AVCC).
The maximum voltage applied at reference input voltage terminal VeREF+ = (AVCC – VE(O)) / (1 + EG).
This impedance depends on tradeoff in power savings. Current devices have 48 kΩ for each channel when divide is enabled. Can be
increased if performance can be maintained.
When DAC12IR = 1 and DAC12SREFx = 0 or 1 for both channels, the reference input resistive dividers for each DAC are in parallel
reducing the reference input resistance.
5.49 12-Bit DAC, Dynamic Specifications
VREF = VCC, DAC12IR = 1 (see Figure 5-19 and Figure 5-20), over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating freeair temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
tON
TEST CONDITIONS
DAC12_xDAT = 800h,
ErrorV(O) < ±0.5 LSB (1)
(see Figure 5-19)
DAC12 on time
VCC
MIN
DAC12AMPx = 0 → {2, 3, 4}
DAC12AMPx = 0 → {5, 6}
2.2 V, 3 V
DAC12AMPx = 0 → 7
DAC12AMPx = 2
tS(FS)
Settling time, full scale
DAC12_xDAT =
80h → F7Fh → 80h
DAC12AMPx = 3, 5
2.2 V, 3 V
DAC12AMPx = 4, 6, 7
tS(C-C)
Settling time, code to
code
DAC12_xDAT =
3F8h → 408h → 3F8h,
BF8h → C08h → BF8h
DAC12AMPx = 2
DAC12AMPx = 3, 5
Slew rate
DAC12_xDAT =
80h → F7Fh → 80h (2)
(1)
(2)
DAC12_xDAT =
800h → 7FFh → 800h
DAC12AMPx = 7
15
30
6
12
100
200
40
80
15
30
UNIT
µs
µs
µs
1
2.2 V, 3 V
DAC12AMPx = 4, 6, 7
Glitch energy
120
2
DAC12AMPx = 4, 6, 7
DAC12AMPx = 3, 5
MAX
60
5
2.2 V, 3 V
DAC12AMPx = 2
SR
TYP
0.05
0.35
0.35
1.10
1.50
5.20
2.2 V, 3 V
35
V/µs
nV-s
RLoad and CLoad connected to AVSS (not AVCC/2) in Figure 5-19.
Slew rate applies to output voltage steps ≥ 200 mV.
Conversion 1
VOUT
DAC Output
ILoad
RLoad = 3 kW
Conversion 2
Conversion 3
±1/2 LSB
Glitch
Energy
AVCC
2
RO/P(DAC12.x)
±1/2 LSB
CLoad = 100 pF
tsettleLH
tsettleHL
Figure 5-19. Settling Time and Glitch Energy Testing
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
49
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Conversion 1
Conversion 2
Conversion 3
VOUT
90%
90%
10%
10%
tSRHL
tSRLH
Figure 5-20. Slew Rate Testing
5.50 12-Bit DAC, Dynamic Specifications (Continued)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and TA = 25°C (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
BW–3dB
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
DAC12AMPx = {2, 3, 4}, DAC12SREFx = 2,
DAC12IR = 1, DAC12_xDAT = 800h
3-dB bandwidth,
VDC = 1.5 V,
VAC = 0.1 VPP
(see Figure 5-21)
TYP
MAX
UNIT
40
DAC12AMPx = {5, 6}, DAC12SREFx = 2,
DAC12IR = 1, DAC12_xDAT = 800h
2.2 V, 3 V
180
DAC12AMPx = 7, DAC12SREFx = 2,
DAC12IR = 1, DAC12_xDAT = 800h
kHz
550
DAC12_0DAT = 800h, No load,
DAC12_1DAT = 80h ↔ F7Fh, RLoad = 3 kΩ,
fDAC12_1OUT = 10 kHz at 50/50 duty cycle
Channel-to-channel
crosstalk (1) (see
Figure 5-22)
(1)
VCC
–80
2.2 V, 3 V
DAC12_0DAT = 80h ↔ F7Fh, RLoad = 3 kΩ,
DAC12_1DAT = 800h, No load,
fDAC12_0OUT = 10 kHz at 50/50 duty cycle
dB
–80
RLoad = 3 kΩ, CLoad = 100 pF
RLoad = 3 kW
ILoad
VeREF+
AVCC
DAC12_x
2
DACx
AC
CLoad = 100 pF
DC
Figure 5-21. Test Conditions for 3-dB Bandwidth Specification
RLoad
ILoad
AVCC
DAC12_0
2
DAC0
DAC12_xDAT 080h
F7Fh
080h
F7Fh
080h
VOUT
CLoad = 100 pF
VREF+
VDAC12_yOUT
RLoad
ILoad
AVCC
DAC12_1
VDAC12_xOUT
2
DAC1
1/fToggle
CLoad = 100 pF
Figure 5-22. Crosstalk Test Conditions
50
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
5.51 Comparator_B
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VCC
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
Supply voltage
MIN
TYP
1.8
3.6
1.8 V
IAVCC_COMP
Comparator operating
supply current into AVCC
terminal, Excludes
reference resistor ladder
CBPWRMD = 00
30
50
3V
40
65
2.2 V, 3 V
10
30
2.2 V, 3 V
0.1
0.5
VIC
Common-mode input
range
VOFFSET
Input offset voltage
CIN
Input capacitance
RSIN
Series input resistance
tPD
Propagation delay,
response time
tPD,filter
2.2 V
CBPWRMD = 10
Quiescent current of local
reference voltage amplifier CBREFACC = 1, CBREFLx = 01
into AVCC terminal
0
V
µA
VCC - 1
V
±20
CBPWRMD = 01, 10
±10
5
ON (switch closed)
3
µA
22
CBPWRMD = 00
OFF (switch open)
UNIT
40
CBPWRMD = 01
IAVCC_REF
Propagation delay with
filter active
MAX
mV
pF
4
50
kΩ
MΩ
CBPWRMD = 00, CBF = 0
450
CBPWRMD = 01, CBF = 0
600
CBPWRMD = 10, CBF = 0
50
CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1, CBF = 1,
CBFDLY = 00
0.35
0.6
1.0
CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1, CBF = 1,
CBFDLY = 01
0.6
1.0
1.8
CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1, CBF = 1,
CBFDLY = 10
1.0
1.8
3.4
CBPWRMD = 00, CBON = 1, CBF = 1,
CBFDLY = 11
1.8
3.4
6.5
ns
µs
µs
tEN_CMP
Comparator enable time,
settling time
CBON = 0 to CBON = 1
CBPWRMD = 00, 01, 10
1
2
µs
tEN_REF
Resistor reference enable
time
CBON = 0 to CBON = 1
0.3
1.5
µs
VCB_REF
Reference voltage for a
given tap
VIN = reference into resistor ladder,
n = 0 to 31
VIN ×
(n + 1)
/ 32
VIN ×
(n + 1.5)
/ 32
V
VIN ×
(n + 0.5)
/ 32
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
51
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.52 Ports PU.0 and PU.1
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
VOH
High-level output voltage
VLDOO = 3.3 V ±10%, IOH = –25 mA,
See Figure 5-24 for typical characteristics
VOL
Low-level output voltage
VLDOO = 3.3 V ±10%, IOL = 25 mA,
See Figure 5-23 for typical characteristics
VIH
High-level input voltage
VLDOO = 3.3 V ±10%,
See Figure 5-25 for typical characteristics
VIL
Low-level input voltage
VLDOO = 3.3 V ±10%,
See Figure 5-25 for typical characteristics
MAX
2.4
UNIT
V
0.4
2.0
V
V
0.8
V
IOL – Typical Low-Level Output Current – mA
90
VCC = 3.0 V
TA = 25ºC
80
VCC = 3.0 V
TA = 85ºC
70
VCC = 1.8 V
TA = 25ºC
60
50
VCC = 1.8 V
TA = 85ºC
40
30
20
10
0
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
VOL – Low-Level Output Voltage – V
Figure 5-23. Ports PU.0, PU.1 Typical Low-Level Output Characteristics
IOH – High-Level Output Current – mA
0
-10
-20
-30
VCC = 1.8 V
TA = 85ºC
-40
-50
VCC = 3.0 V
TA = 85ºC
-60
VCC = 1.8 V
TA = 25ºC
-70
VCC = 3.0 V
TA = 25ºC
-80
-90
0.5
1
1.5
2
VOH – High-Level Output Voltage – V
2.5
3
Figure 5-24. Ports PU.0, PU.1 Typical High-Level Output Characteristics
52
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
2.0
TA = 25°C, 85°C
1.8
VIT+, postive-going input threshold
Input Threshold – V
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
VIT–, negative-going input threshold
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
1.8
2.2
2.6
3
VLDOO – LDOO Supply Voltage – V
3.4
Figure 5-25. Ports PU.0, PU.1 Typical Input Threshold Characteristics
5.53 LDO-PWR (LDO Power System)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VLAUNCH
LDO input detection threshold
VLDOI
LDO input voltage
VLDO
LDO output voltage
VLDO_EXT
LDOO terminal input voltage with LDO
disabled
ILDOO
Maximum external current from LDOO terminal LDO is on
VCC
Normal operation
MIN
TYP
3.76
3.3
LDO disabled
(1)
1.8
UNIT
3.75
V
5.5
V
±9%
V
3.6
V
20
mA
100
mA
IDET
LDO current overload detection
CLDOI
LDOI terminal recommended capacitance
4.7
µF
CLDOO
LDOO terminal recommended capacitance
220
nF
tENABLE
Settling time VLDO
(1)
60
MAX
Within 2%,
recommended capacitances
2
ms
A current overload is detected when the total current supplied from the LDO exceeds this value.
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Specifications
53
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
5.54 Flash Memory
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
DVCC(PGM/ERASE) Program and erase supply voltage
MIN
TYP
1.8
MAX
3.6
UNIT
V
IPGM
Average supply current from DVCC during program
3
5
mA
IERASE
Average supply current from DVCC during erase
6
11
mA
IMERASE, IBANK
Average supply current from DVCC during mass erase or
bank erase
6
11
mA
tCPT
Cumulative program time
See
(1)
16
104
Program and erase endurance
105
ms
cycles
tRetention
Data retention duration
TJ = 25°C
tWord
Word or byte program time
See
(2)
64
85
µs
tBlock,
0
Block program time for first byte or word
See
(2)
49
65
µs
1–(N–1)
Block program time for each additional byte or word, except
for last byte or word
See
(2)
37
49
µs
Block program time for last byte or word
See
(2)
55
73
µs
Erase time for segment, mass erase, and bank erase when
available
See
(2)
23
32
ms
0
1
MHz
tBlock,
tBlock,
tSeg
N
Erase
fMCLK,MRG
(1)
(2)
100
MCLK frequency in marginal read mode
(FCTL4.MRG0 = 1 or FCTL4.MRG1 = 1)
years
The cumulative program time must not be exceeded when writing to a 128-byte flash block. This parameter applies to all programming
methods: individual word or byte write and block write modes.
These values are hardwired into the flash controller state machine.
5.55 JTAG and Spy-Bi-Wire Interface
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
fSBW
Spy-Bi-Wire input frequency
2.2 V, 3 V
0
20
MHz
tSBW,Low
Spy-Bi-Wire low clock pulse duration
2.2 V, 3 V
0.025
15
µs
tSBW, En
Spy-Bi-Wire enable time (TEST high to acceptance of first clock edge) (1)
2.2 V, 3 V
1
µs
tSBW,Rst
Spy-Bi-Wire return to normal operation time
100
µs
fTCK
TCK input frequency (4-wire JTAG) (2)
Rinternal
Internal pulldown resistance on TEST
(1)
(2)
54
15
2.2 V
0
5
MHz
3V
0
10
MHz
2.2 V, 3 V
45
80
kΩ
60
Tools that access the Spy-Bi-Wire interface must wait for the tSBW,En time after pulling the TEST/SBWTCK pin high before applying the
first SBWTCK clock edge.
fTCK may be restricted to meet the timing requirements of the module selected.
Specifications
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
6 Detailed Description
6.1
Overview
The MSP430F643x devices include an integrated 3.3-V LDO, a high-performance 12-bit ADC, a
comparator, two USCIs, a hardware multiplier, DMA, four 16-bit timers, an RTC module with alarm
capabilities, an LCD driver, and up to 74 I/O pins.
6.2
CPU
The MSP430 CPU has a 16-bit RISC architecture that is highly transparent to the application. All
operations, other than program-flow instructions, are performed as register operations in conjunction with
seven addressing modes for source operand and four addressing modes for destination operand.
The CPU is integrated with 16 registers that provide reduced instruction execution time. The register-toregister operation execution time is one cycle of the CPU clock.
Four of the registers, R0 to R3, are dedicated as program counter, stack pointer, status register, and
constant generator, respectively. The remaining registers are general-purpose registers (see Figure 6-1).
Peripherals are connected to the CPU using data, address, and control buses. Peripherals can be
managed with all instructions.
Program Counter
PC/R0
Stack Pointer
SP/R1
Status Register
Constant Generator
SR/CG1/R2
CG2/R3
General-Purpose Register
R4
General-Purpose Register
R5
General-Purpose Register
R6
General-Purpose Register
R7
General-Purpose Register
R8
General-Purpose Register
R9
General-Purpose Register
R10
General-Purpose Register
R11
General-Purpose Register
R12
General-Purpose Register
R13
General-Purpose Register
R14
General-Purpose Register
R15
Figure 6-1. CPU Registers
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
55
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
6.3
www.ti.com
Instruction Set
The instruction set consists of the original 51 instructions with three formats and seven address modes
and additional instructions for the expanded address range. Each instruction can operate on word and
byte data. Table 6-1 shows examples of the three types of instruction formats; Table 6-2 shows the
address modes.
Table 6-1. Instruction Word Formats
INSTRUCTION WORD FORMAT
Dual operands, source-destination
Single operands, destination only
EXAMPLE
ADD
R4 + R5 → R5
R8
PC → (TOS), R8 → PC
CALL
Relative jump, un/conditional
OPERATION
R4,R5
JNE
Jump-on-equal bit = 0
Table 6-2. Address Mode Descriptions
ADDRESS MODE
S (1)
D (1)
SYNTAX
EXAMPLE
Register
+
+
MOV Rs,Rd
MOV R10,R11
R10 → R11
Indexed
+
+
MOV X(Rn),Y(Rm)
MOV 2(R5),6(R6)
M(2+R5) → M(6+R6)
Symbolic (PC relative)
+
+
MOV EDE,TONI
Absolute
+
+
MOV &MEM, &TCDAT
Indirect
+
MOV @Rn,Y(Rm)
MOV @R10,Tab(R6)
M(R10) → M(Tab+R6)
Indirect auto-increment
+
MOV @Rn+,Rm
MOV @R10+,R11
M(R10) → R11
R10 + 2 → R10
Immediate
+
MOV #X,TONI
MOV #45,TONI
#45 → M(TONI)
(1)
S = source, D = destination
56
Detailed Description
OPERATION
M(EDE) → M(TONI)
M(MEM) → M(TCDAT)
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
6.4
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Operating Modes
These devices have one active mode and seven software-selectable low-power modes of operation. An
interrupt event can wake up the device from any of the low-power modes, service the request, and restore
back to the low-power mode on return from the interrupt program.
Software can configure the following operating modes:
• Active mode (AM)
– All clocks are active
• Low-power mode 0 (LPM0)
– CPU is disabled
– ACLK and SMCLK remain active, MCLK is disabled
– FLL loop control remains active
• Low-power mode 1 (LPM1)
– CPU is disabled
– FLL loop control is disabled
– ACLK and SMCLK remain active, MCLK is disabled
• Low-power mode 2 (LPM2)
– CPU is disabled
– MCLK, FLL loop control, and DCOCLK are disabled
– DC generator of the DCO remains enabled
– ACLK remains active
• Low-power mode 3 (LPM3)
– CPU is disabled
– MCLK, FLL loop control, and DCOCLK are disabled
– DC generator of the DCO is disabled
– ACLK remains active
• Low-power mode 4 (LPM4)
– CPU is disabled
– ACLK is disabled
– MCLK, FLL loop control, and DCOCLK are disabled
– DC generator of the DCO is disabled
– Crystal oscillator is stopped
– Complete data retention
• Low-power mode 3.5 (LPM3.5)
– Internal regulator disabled
– No data retention
– RTC enabled and clocked by low-frequency oscillator
– Wake-up signal from RST/NMI, RTC_B, P1, P2, P3, and P4
• Low-power mode 4.5 (LPM4.5)
– Internal regulator disabled
– No data retention
– Wake-up signal from RST/NMI, P1, P2, P3, and P4
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
57
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
6.5
www.ti.com
Interrupt Vector Addresses
The interrupt vectors and the power-up start address are located in the address range 0FFFFh to 0FF80h.
The vector contains the 16-bit address of the appropriate interrupt-handler instruction sequence (see
Table 6-3).
Table 6-3. Interrupt Sources, Flags, and Vectors of MSP430F643x Configurations
INTERRUPT SOURCE
INTERRUPT FLAG
SYSTEM
INTERRUPT
WORD
ADDRESS
PRIORITY
System Reset
Power-Up, External Reset
Watchdog Time-out, Key Violation
Flash Memory Key Violation
WDTIFG, KEYV (SYSRSTIV) (1) (2)
Reset
0FFFEh
63, highest
System NMI
PMM
Vacant Memory Access
JTAG Mailbox
SVMLIFG, SVMHIFG, DLYLIFG, DLYHIFG,
VLRLIFG, VLRHIFG, VMAIFG, JMBNIFG,
JMBOUTIFG (SYSSNIV) (1)
(Non)maskable
0FFFCh
62
User NMI
NMI
Oscillator Fault
Flash Memory Access Violation
NMIIFG, OFIFG, ACCVIFG, BUSIFG
(SYSUNIV) (1) (2)
(Non)maskable
0FFFAh
61
Comp_B
Comparator B interrupt flags (CBIV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFF8h
60
Timer TB0
TB0CCR0 CCIFG0
Maskable
0FFF6h
59
TB0CCR1 CCIFG1 to TB0CCR6 CCIFG6,
TB0IFG (TBIV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFF4h
58
Watchdog Interval Timer Mode
WDTIFG
Maskable
0FFF2h
57
USCI_A0 Receive or Transmit
UCA0RXIFG, UCA0TXIFG (UCA0IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFF0h
56
USCI_B0 Receive or Transmit
UCB0RXIFG, UCB0TXIFG (UCB0IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFEEh
55
Timer TB0
ADC12_A
ADC12IFG0 to ADC12IFG15 (ADC12IV)
Maskable
0FFECh
54
TA0CCR0 CCIFG0 (3)
Maskable
0FFEAh
53
Timer TA0
TA0CCR1 CCIFG1 to TA0CCR4 CCIFG4,
TA0IFG (TA0IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFE8h
52
LDO-PWR
LDOOFFIG, LDOONIFG, LDOOVLIFG
Maskable
0FFE6h
51
DMA
DMA0IFG, DMA1IFG, DMA2IFG, DMA3IFG,
DMA4IFG, DMA5IFG (DMAIV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFE4h
50
Timer TA1
TA1CCR0 CCIFG0 (3)
Maskable
0FFE2h
49
Timer TA1
TA1CCR1 CCIFG1 to TA1CCR2 CCIFG2,
TA1IFG (TA1IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFE0h
48
P1IFG.0 to P1IFG.7 (P1IV) (1)
Maskable
0FFDEh
47
USCI_A1 Receive or Transmit
UCA1RXIFG, UCA1TXIFG (UCA1IV)
Maskable
0FFDCh
46
USCI_B1 Receive or Transmit
UCB1RXIFG, UCB1TXIFG (UCB1IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFDAh
45
Maskable
0FFD8h
44
P2IFG.0 to P2IFG.7 (P2IV) (1)
LCD_B
(3)
LCD_B Interrupt Flags (LCDBIV)
(1)
Maskable
0FFD6h
43
RTC_B
RTCRDYIFG, RTCTEVIFG, RTCAIFG,
RT0PSIFG, RT1PSIFG, RTCOFIFG (RTCIV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFD4h
42
DAC12_A (4)
DAC12_0IFG, DAC12_1IFG (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFD2h
41
Timer TA2
58
(3)
(1) (3)
I/O Port P2
(3)
(4)
(1) (3)
Timer TA0
I/O Port P1
(1)
(2)
(3)
TA2CCR0 CCIFG0
(3)
Maskable
0FFD0h
40
Timer TA2
TA2CCR1 CCIFG1 to TA2CCR2 CCIFG2,
TA2IFG (TA2IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFCEh
39
I/O Port P3
P3IFG.0 to P3IFG.7 (P3IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFCCh
38
I/O Port P4
P4IFG.0 to P4IFG.7 (P4IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFCAh
37
Multiple source flags
A reset is generated if the CPU tries to fetch instructions from within peripheral space or vacant memory space.
(Non)maskable: the individual interrupt-enable bit can disable an interrupt event, but the general-interrupt enable cannot disable it.
Interrupt flags are located in the module.
Only on devices with peripheral module DAC12_A, otherwise reserved.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-3. Interrupt Sources, Flags, and Vectors of MSP430F643x Configurations (continued)
(5)
INTERRUPT SOURCE
INTERRUPT FLAG
Reserved
Reserved (5)
SYSTEM
INTERRUPT
WORD
ADDRESS
PRIORITY
0FFC8h
36
⋮
⋮
0FF80h
0, lowest
Reserved interrupt vectors at addresses are not used in this device and can be used for regular program code if necessary. To maintain
compatibility with other devices, TI recommends reserving these locations.
6.6
Memory
Table 6-4 shows the memory organization for all device variants.
Table 6-4. Memory Organization (1)
Memory (flash)
Main: interrupt vector
Main: code memory
RAM
RAM
Information memory
(flash)
Bootloader (BSL) memory
(flash)
Peripherals
(1)
(2)
(2)
MSP430F6433
MSP430F6436
MSP430F6438
MSP430F6435
128KB
00FFFFh-00FF80h
128KB
00FFFFh-00FF80h
256KB
00FFFFh-00FF80h
Bank 3
N/A
N/A
64KB
047FFF-038000h
Bank 2
N/A
N/A
64KB
037FFF-028000h
Bank 1
64KB
027FFF-018000h
64KB
027FFF-018000h
64KB
027FFF-018000h
Bank 0
64KB
017FFF-008000h
64KB
017FFF-008000h
64KB
017FFF-008000h
Sector 3
N/A
4KB
0063FFh-005400h
4KB
0063FFh-005400h
Sector 2
N/A
4KB
0053FFh-004400h
4KB
0053FFh-004400h
Sector 1
4KB
0043FFh-003400h
4KB
0043FFh-003400h
4KB
0043FFh-003400h
Sector 0
4KB
0033FFh-002400h
4KB
0033FFh-002400h
4KB
0033FFh-002400h
Sector 7
2KB
0023FFh-001C00h
2KB
0023FFh-001C00h
2KB
0023FFh-001C00h
Info A
128 B
0019FFh-001980h
128 B
0019FFh-001980h
128 B
0019FFh-001980h
Info B
128 B
00197Fh-001900h
128 B
00197Fh-001900h
128 B
00197Fh-001900h
Info C
128 B
0018FFh-001880h
128 B
0018FFh-001880h
128 B
0018FFh-001880h
Info D
128 B
00187Fh-001800h
128 B
00187Fh-001800h
128 B
00187Fh-001800h
BSL 3
512 B
0017FFh-001600h
512 B
0017FFh-001600h
512 B
0017FFh-001600h
BSL 2
512 B
0015FFh-001400h
512 B
0015FFh-001400h
512 B
0015FFh-001400h
BSL 1
512 B
0013FFh-001200h
512 B
0013FFh-001200h
512 B
0013FFh-001200h
BSL 0
512 B
0011FFh-001000h
512 B
0011FFh-001000h
512 B
0011FFh-001000h
Size
4KB
000FFFh-000000h
4KB
000FFFh-000000h
4KB
000FFFh-000000h
Total Size
N/A = Not available.
Backup RAM is accessed through the control registers BAKMEM0, BAKMEM1, BAKMEM2, and BAKMEM3.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
59
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
6.7
www.ti.com
Bootloader (BSL)
The BSL enables users to program the flash memory or RAM using a UART serial interfaces. Access to
the device memory by the BSL is protected by an user-defined password. Use of the BSL requires
external access to six pins (see Table 6-5). BSL entry requires a specific entry sequence on the
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO and TEST/SBWTCK pins. For complete description of the features of the BSL and its
implementation, see MSP430 Programming With the Bootloader (BSL) (SLAU319).
Table 6-5. UART BSL Pin Requirements and Functions
6.8
6.8.1
DEVICE SIGNAL
BSL FUNCTION
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
Entry sequence signal
TEST/SBWTCK
Entry sequence signal
P1.1
Data transmit
P1.2
Data receive
VCC
Power supply
VSS
Ground supply
JTAG Operation
JTAG Standard Interface
The MSP430 family supports the standard JTAG interface which requires four signals for sending and
receiving data. The JTAG signals are shared with general-purpose I/O. The TEST/SBWTCK pin is used to
enable the JTAG signals. In addition to these signals, the RST/NMI/SBWTDIO is required to interface with
MSP430 development tools and device programmers. Table 6-6 lists the JTAG pin requirements. For
further details on interfacing to development tools and device programmers, see the MSP430™ Hardware
Tools User's Guide (SLAU278). For a complete description of the features of the JTAG interface and its
implementation, see MSP430 Programming Via the JTAG Interface (SLAU320).
Table 6-6. JTAG Pin Requirements and Functions
6.8.2
DEVICE SIGNAL
DIRECTION
FUNCTION
PJ.3/TCK
IN
JTAG clock input
PJ.2/TMS
IN
JTAG state control
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
IN
JTAG data input, TCLK input
PJ.0/TDO
OUT
JTAG data output
TEST/SBWTCK
IN
Enable JTAG pins
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
IN
External reset
VCC
Power supply
VSS
Ground supply
Spy-Bi-Wire Interface
In addition to the standard JTAG interface, the MSP430 family supports the two wire Spy-Bi-Wire
interface. Spy-Bi-Wire can be used to interface with MSP430 development tools and device programmers.
Table 6-7 lists the Spy-Bi-Wire interface pin requirements. For further details on interfacing to
development tools and device programmers, see the MSP430 Hardware Tools User's Guide (SLAU278).
For a complete description of the features of the JTAG interface and its implementation, see MSP430
Programming Via the JTAG Interface (SLAU320).
60
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-7. Spy-Bi-Wire Pin Requirements and Functions
6.9
DEVICE SIGNAL
DIRECTION
FUNCTION
TEST/SBWTCK
IN
Spy-Bi-Wire clock input
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
IN, OUT
Spy-Bi-Wire data input/output
VCC
Power supply
VSS
Ground supply
Flash Memory (Link to User's Guide)
The flash memory can be programmed by the JTAG port, Spy-Bi-Wire (SBW), the BSL, or in-system by
the CPU. The CPU can perform single-byte, single-word, and long-word writes to the flash memory.
Features of the flash memory include:
• Flash memory has n segments of main memory and four segments of information memory (A to D) of
128 bytes each. Each segment in main memory is 512 bytes in size.
• Segments 0 to n may be erased in one step, or each segment may be individually erased.
• Segments A to D can be erased individually, or as a group with segments 0 to n. Segments A to D are
also called information memory.
• Segment A can be locked separately.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
61
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.10 RAM (Link to User's Guide)
The RAM is made up of n sectors. Each sector can be completely powered down to save leakage;
however, all data is lost. Features of the RAM include:
• RAM has n sectors. The size of a sector can be found in Memory Organization.
• Each sector 0 to n can be complete disabled; however, data retention is lost.
• Each sector 0 to n automatically enters low power retention mode when possible.
6.11 Backup RAM
The backup RAM provides a limited number of bytes of RAM that are retained during LPMx.5 and during
operation from a backup supply if the Battery Backup System module is implemented.
There are 8 bytes of backup RAM available on MSP430F643x. It can be wordwise accessed by the
control registers BAKMEM0, BAKMEM1, BAKMEM2, and BAKMEM3.
6.12 Peripherals
Peripherals are connected to the CPU through data, address, and control buses and can be handled using
all instructions. For complete module descriptions, see the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's
Guide (SLAU208).
6.12.1 Digital I/O (Link to User's Guide)
Up to nine 8-bit I/O ports are implemented: P1 through P6, P8, and P9 are complete, P7 contains six
individual I/O ports, and PJ contains four individual I/O ports.
• All individual I/O bits are independently programmable.
• Any combination of input, output, and interrupt conditions is possible.
• Programmable pullup or pulldown on all ports.
• Programmable drive strength on all ports.
• Edge-selectable interrupt input capability for all the eight bits of ports P1, P2, P3, and P4.
• Read and write access to port-control registers is supported by all instructions.
• Ports can be accessed byte-wise (P1 through P9) or word-wise in pairs (PA through PD).
6.12.2 Port Mapping Controller (Link to User's Guide)
The port mapping controller allows the flexible and reconfigurable mapping of digital functions to port P2.
Table 6-8 lists the mnemonic for each function that can be assigned.
Table 6-8. Port Mapping Mnemonics and Functions
VALUE
PxMAPy MNEMONIC
INPUT PIN FUNCTION
OUTPUT PIN FUNCTION
0
PM_NONE
None
DVSS
Comparator_B output
1
2
Timer TB0 clock input
-
PM_ADC12CLK
-
ADC12CLK
PM_DMAE0
DMAE0 Input
-
PM_SVMOUT
-
SVM output
PM_TB0OUTH
Timer TB0 high impedance input
TB0OUTH
-
4
PM_TB0CCR0B
Timer TB0 CCR0 capture input CCI0B
Timer TB0: TB0.0 compare output Out0
5
PM_TB0CCR1B
Timer TB0 CCR1 capture input CCI1B
Timer TB0: TB0.1 compare output Out1
6
PM_TB0CCR2B
Timer TB0 CCR2 capture input CCI2B
Timer TB0: TB0.2 compare output Out2
7
PM_TB0CCR3B
Timer TB0 CCR3 capture input CCI3B
Timer TB0: TB0.3 compare output Out3
8
PM_TB0CCR4B
Timer TB0 CCR4 capture input CCI4B
Timer TB0: TB0.4 compare output Out4
3
62
PM_CBOUT
PM_TB0CLK
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-8. Port Mapping Mnemonics and Functions (continued)
VALUE
PxMAPy MNEMONIC
INPUT PIN FUNCTION
OUTPUT PIN FUNCTION
9
PM_TB0CCR5B
Timer TB0 CCR5 capture input CCI5B
Timer TB0: TB0.5 compare output Out5
10
PM_TB0CCR6B
Timer TB0 CCR6 capture input CCI6B
Timer TB0: TB0.6 compare output Out6
11
12
13
14
15
16
PM_UCA0RXD
USCI_A0 UART RXD (Direction controlled by USCI – input)
PM_UCA0SOMI
USCI_A0 SPI slave out master in (direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCA0TXD
USCI_A0 UART TXD (Direction controlled by USCI – output)
PM_UCA0SIMO
USCI_A0 SPI slave in master out (direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCA0CLK
USCI_A0 clock input/output (direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCB0STE
USCI_B0 SPI slave transmit enable (direction controlled by USCI – input)
PM_UCB0SOMI
USCI_B0 SPI slave out master in (direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCB0SCL
USCI_B0 I2C clock (open drain and direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCB0SIMO
USCI_B0 SPI slave in master out (direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCB0SDA
USCI_B0 I2C data (open drain and direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCB0CLK
USCI_B0 clock input/output (direction controlled by USCI)
PM_UCA0STE
USCI_A0 SPI slave transmit enable (direction controlled by USCI – input)
17
PM_MCLK
-
18
Reserved
Reserved for test purposes. Do not use this setting.
19
Reserved
Reserved for test purposes. Do not use this setting.
20-30
31 (0FFh)
(1)
Reserved
(1)
MCLK
None
PM_ANALOG
DVSS
Disables the output driver and the input Schmitt-trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents
when applying analog signals.
The value of the PM_ANALOG mnemonic is set to 0FFh. The port mapping registers are 5 bits wide and the upper bits are ignored,
which results in a maximum value of 31.
Table 6-9 lists the default port mapping for all supported pins.
Table 6-9. Default Mapping
PIN
PxMAPy
MNEMONIC
P2.0/P2MAP0
PM_UCB0STE,
PM_UCA0CLK
USCI_B0 SPI slave transmit enable (direction controlled by USCI – input),
USCI_A0 clock input/output (direction controlled by USCI)
P2.1/P2MAP1
PM_UCB0SIMO,
PM_UCB0SDA
USCI_B0 SPI slave in master out (direction controlled by USCI),
USCI_B0 I2C data (open drain and direction controlled by USCI)
P2.2/P2MAP2
PM_UCB0SOMI,
PM_UCB0SCL
USCI_B0 SPI slave out master in (direction controlled by USCI),
USCI_B0 I2C clock (open drain and direction controlled by USCI)
P2.3/P2MAP3
PM_UCB0CLK,
PM_UCA0STE
USCI_B0 clock input/output (direction controlled by USCI),
USCI_A0 SPI slave transmit enable (direction controlled by USCI – input)
P2.4/P2MAP4
PM_UCA0TXD,
PM_UCA0SIMO
USCI_A0 UART TXD (direction controlled by USCI – output),
USCI_A0 SPI slave in master out (direction controlled by USCI)
P2.5/P2MAP5
PM_UCA0RXD,
PM_UCA0SOMI
USCI_A0 UART RXD (direction controlled by USCI – input),
USCI_A0 SPI slave out master in (direction controlled by USCI)
P2.6/P2MAP6/R03
PM_NONE
-
DVSS
P2.7/P2MAP7/LCDREF/R13
PM_NONE
-
DVSS
INPUT PIN FUNCTION
OUTPUT PIN FUNCTION
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
63
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.12.3 Oscillator and System Clock (Link to User's Guide)
The clock system is supported by the Unified Clock System (UCS) module that includes support for a 32kHz watch crystal oscillator (in XT1 LF mode; XT1 HF mode is not supported), an internal very-low-power
low-frequency oscillator (VLO), an internal trimmed low-frequency oscillator (REFO), an integrated internal
digitally controlled oscillator (DCO), and a high-frequency crystal oscillator XT2. The UCS module is
designed to meet the requirements of both low system cost and low power consumption. The UCS module
features digital frequency locked loop (FLL) hardware that, in conjunction with a digital modulator,
stabilizes the DCO frequency to a programmable multiple of the watch crystal frequency. The internal
DCO provides a fast turnon clock source and stabilizes in 3 µs (typical). The UCS module provides the
following clock signals:
• Auxiliary clock (ACLK), sourced from a 32-kHz watch crystal (XT1), a high-frequency crystal (XT2), the
internal low-frequency oscillator (VLO), the trimmed low-frequency oscillator (REFO), or the internal
digitally-controlled oscillator DCO.
• Main clock (MCLK), the system clock used by the CPU. MCLK can be sourced by same sources
available to ACLK.
• Sub-Main clock (SMCLK), the subsystem clock used by the peripheral modules. SMCLK can be
sourced by same sources available to ACLK.
• ACLK/n, the buffered output of ACLK, ACLK/2, ACLK/4, ACLK/8, ACLK/16, ACLK/32.
6.12.4 Power-Management Module (PMM) (Link to User's Guide)
The PMM includes an integrated voltage regulator that supplies the core voltage to the device and
contains programmable output levels to provide for power optimization. The PMM also includes supply
voltage supervisor (SVS) and supply voltage monitoring (SVM) circuitry, as well as brownout protection.
The brownout circuit is implemented to provide the proper internal reset signal to the device during poweron and power-off. The SVS and SVM circuitry detects if the supply voltage drops below a user-selectable
level and supports both supply voltage supervision (the device is automatically reset) and supply voltage
monitoring (the device is not automatically reset). SVS and SVM circuitry is available on the primary
supply and core supply.
6.12.5 Hardware Multiplier (MPY) (Link to User's Guide)
The multiplication operation is supported by a dedicated peripheral module. The module performs
operations with 32-, 24-, 16-, and 8-bit operands. The module supports signed and unsigned multiplication
as well as signed and unsigned multiply-and-accumulate operations.
6.12.6 Real-Time Clock (RTC_B) (Link to User's Guide)
The RTC_B module can be configured for real-time clock (RTC) or calendar mode providing seconds,
minutes, hours, day of week, day of month, month, and year. Calendar mode integrates an internal
calendar which compensates for months with less than 31 days and includes leap year correction. The
RTC_B also supports flexible alarm functions and offset-calibration hardware. The implementation on this
device supports operation in LPM3.5 mode and operation from a backup supply.
The application report Using the MSP430 RTC_B Module With Battery Backup Supply (SLAA665)
describes how to use the RTC_B with battery backup supply functionality to retain the time and keep the
RTC counting through loss of main power supply, and how to perform correct reinitialization when the
main power supply is restored.
6.12.7 Watchdog Timer (WDT_A) (Link to User's Guide)
The primary function of the WDT_A module is to perform a controlled system restart after a software
problem occurs. If the selected time interval expires, a system reset is generated. If the watchdog function
is not needed in an application, the module can be configured as an interval timer and can generate
interrupts at selected time intervals.
64
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
6.12.8 System Module (SYS) (Link to User's Guide)
The SYS module handles many of the system functions within the device. These include power-on reset
and power-up clear handling, NMI source selection and management, reset interrupt vector generators,
bootloader entry mechanisms, and configuration management (device descriptors). SYS also includes a
data exchange mechanism through JTAG called a JTAG mailbox that can be used in the application.
Table 6-10 lists the SYS interrupt vector registers.
Table 6-10. System Module Interrupt Vector Registers
INTERRUPT VECTOR
REGISTER
INTERRUPT EVENT
WORD ADDRESS
OFFSET
No interrupt pending
00h
Brownout (BOR)
02h
RST/NMI (BOR)
04h
PMMSWBOR (BOR)
06h
LPM3.5 or LPM4.5 wakeup (BOR)
08h
Security violation (BOR)
0Ah
SVSL (POR)
0Ch
SVSH (POR)
0Eh
SVML_OVP (POR)
SYSRSTIV, System Reset
SVMH_OVP (POR)
019Eh
12h
14h
WDT time-out (PUC)
16h
WDT key violation (PUC)
18h
KEYV flash key violation (PUC)
1Ah
Reserved
1Ch
Peripheral area fetch (PUC)
1Eh
PMM key violation (PUC)
20h
Reserved
22h to 3Eh
No interrupt pending
00h
SVMLIFG
02h
SVMHIFG
04h
DLYLIFG
06h
DLYHIFG
08h
VMAIFG
019Ch
SYSUNIV, User NMI
0Ch
JMBOUTIFG
0Eh
SVMLVLRIFG
10h
SVMHVLRIFG
12h
Reserved
14h to 1Eh
No interrupt pending
00h
OFIFG
02h
019Ah
Lowest
Highest
0Ah
JMBINIFG
NMIIFG
Highest
10h
PMMSWPOR (POR)
SYSSNIV, System NMI
PRIORITY
Lowest
Highest
04h
ACCVIFG
06h
Reserved
08h to 1Eh
Lowest
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
65
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.12.9 DMA Controller (Link to User's Guide)
The DMA controller allows movement of data from one memory address to another without CPU
intervention. For example, the DMA controller can be used to move data from the ADC12_A conversion
memory to RAM. Using the DMA controller can increase the throughput of peripheral modules. The DMA
controller reduces system power consumption by allowing the CPU to remain in sleep mode, without
having to awaken to move data to or from a peripheral. Table 6-11 lists the trigger assignments for each
DMA channel.
Table 6-11. DMA Trigger Assignments (1)
TRIGGER
66
2
3
DMAREQ
1
TA0CCR0 CCIFG
2
TA0CCR2 CCIFG
3
TA1CCR0 CCIFG
4
TA1CCR2 CCIFG
5
TA2CCR0 CCIFG
6
TA2CCR2 CCIFG
7
TBCCR0 CCIFG
8
TBCCR2 CCIFG
9
Reserved
10
Reserved
11
Reserved
12
Reserved
13
Reserved
14
Reserved
15
Reserved
16
UCA0RXIFG
17
UCA0TXIFG
18
UCB0RXIFG
19
UCB0TXIFG
20
UCA1RXIFG
21
UCA1TXIFG
22
UCB1RXIFG
23
UCB1TXIFG
24
ADC12IFGx
25
DAC12_0IFG (2)
26
DAC12_1IFG (2)
27
Reserved
28
Reserved
29
MPY ready
DMA5IFG
31
(2)
1
0
30
(1)
CHANNEL
0
DMA0IFG
DMA1IFG
DMA2IFG
4
5
DMA3IFG
DMA4IFG
DMAE0
Reserved DMA triggers may be used by other devices in the family. Reserved DMA triggers will not
cause any DMA trigger event when selected.
Only on devices with peripheral module DAC12_A. Reserved on devices without DAC.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
6.12.10 Universal Serial Communication Interface (USCI) (Links to User's Guide: UART
Mode, SPI Mode, I2C Mode)
The USCI modules are used for serial data communication. The USCI module supports synchronous
communication protocols such as SPI (3-pin or 4-pin) and I2C, and asynchronous communication
protocols such as UART, enhanced UART with automatic baudrate detection, and IrDA. Each USCI
module contains two portions, A and B.
The USCI_An module provides support for SPI (3-pin or 4-pin), UART, enhanced UART, or IrDA.
The USCI_Bn module provides support for SPI (3-pin or 4-pin) or I2C.
The MSP430F643x series includes two complete USCI modules (n = 0 to 1).
6.12.11 Timer TA0 (Link to User's Guide)
Timer TA0 is a 16-bit timer/counter (Timer_A type) with five capture/compare registers (see Table 6-12).
TA0 can support multiple capture/compares, PWM outputs, and interval timing. TA0 also has extensive
interrupt capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each
capture/compare register.
Table 6-12. Timer TA0 Signal Connections
INPUT PIN NUMBER
PZ
ZQW
DEVICE
INPUT
SIGNAL
MODULE
INPUT
SIGNAL
34-P1.0
L5-P1.0
TA0CLK
TACLK
ACLK
ACLK
SMCLK
SMCLK
34-P1.0
L5-P1.0
TA0CLK
TACLK
35-P1.1
M5-P1.1
TA0.0
CCI0A
DVSS
CCI0B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
36-P1.2
J6-P1.2
TA0.1
CCI1A
40-P1.6
J7-P1.6
TA0.1
CCI1B
DVSS
GND
MODULE
BLOCK
MODULE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
DEVICE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
NA
NA
CCR0
CCR1
TA0
TA1
OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
PZ
ZQW
35-P1.1
M5-P1.1
36-P1.2
J6-P1.2
40-P1.6
J7-P1.6
TA0.0
TA0.1
ADC12_A (internal)
ADC12SHSx = {1}
DVCC
VCC
37-P1.3
H6-P1.3
TA0.2
CCI2A
37-P1.3
H6-P1.3
41-P1.7
M7-P1.7
TA0.2
CCI2B
41-P1.7
M7-P1.7
DVSS
GND
38-P1.4
M6-P1.4
39-P1.5
L6-P1.5
38-P1.4
39-P1.5
M6-P1.4
L6-P1.5
DVCC
VCC
TA0.3
CCI3A
DVSS
CCI3B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
TA0.4
CCI4A
DVSS
CCI4B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
CCR2
CCR3
CCR4
TA2
TA3
TA4
TA0.2
TA0.3
TA0.4
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
67
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.12.12 Timer TA1 (Link to User's Guide)
Timer TA1 is a 16-bit timer/counter (Timer_A type) with three capture/compare registers(see Table 6-13).
TA1 supports multiple capture/compares, PWM outputs, and interval timing. TA1 also has extensive
interrupt capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each
capture/compare register.
Table 6-13. Timer TA1 Signal Connections
INPUT PIN NUMBER
PZ
ZQW
DEVICE
INPUT
SIGNAL
42-P3.0
L7-P3.0
TA1CLK
ACLK
SMCLK
SMCLK
L7-P3.0
TA1CLK
TACLK
43-P3.1
H7-P3.1
TA1.0
CCI0A
DVSS
CCI0B
DVSS
GND
45-P3.3
68
TACLK
ACLK
42-P3.0
44-P3.2
(1)
MODULE
INPUT
SIGNAL
M8-P3.2
L8-P3.3
DVCC
VCC
TA1.1
CCI1A
CBOUT
(internal)
CCI1B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
TA1.2
CCI2A
ACLK
(internal)
CCI2B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
MODULE
BLOCK
MODULE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
DEVICE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
NA
NA
CCR0
CCR1
TA0
TA1
OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
PZ
ZQW
43-P3.1
H7-P3.1
44-P3.2
M8-P3.2
TA1.0
TA1.1
DAC12_A (1)
DAC12_0, DAC12_1
(internal)
45-P3.3
CCR2
TA2
L8-P3.3
TA1.2
Only on devices with peripheral module DAC12_A.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
6.12.13 Timer TA2 (Link to User's Guide)
Timer TA2 is a 16-bit timer/counter (Timer_A type) with three capture/compare registers(see Table 6-14).
TA2 supports multiple capture/compares, PWM outputs, and interval timing. TA2 also has extensive
interrupt capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each
capture/compare register.
Table 6-14. Timer TA2 Signal Connections
INPUT PIN NUMBER
PZ
ZQW
DEVICE
INPUT
SIGNAL
46-P3.4
J8-P3.4
TA2CLK
MODULE
INPUT
SIGNAL
TACLK
ACLK
ACLK
SMCLK
SMCLK
46-P3.4
J8-P3.4
TA2CLK
TACLK
47-P3.5
M9-P3.5
TA2.0
CCI0A
DVSS
CCI0B
DVSS
GND
48-P3.6
49-P3.7
L9-P3.6
M10-P3.7
DVCC
VCC
TA2.1
CCI1A
CBOUT
(internal)
CCI1B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
TA2.2
CCI2A
ACLK
(internal)
CCI2B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
MODULE
BLOCK
MODULE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
DEVICE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
NA
NA
CCR0
CCR1
CCR2
TA0
TA1
TA2
OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
PZ
ZQW
47-P3.5
M9-P3.5
48-P3.6
L9-P3.6
49-P3.7
M10-P3.7
TA2.0
TA2.1
TA2.2
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
69
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.12.14 Timer TB0 (Link to User's Guide)
Timer TB0 is a 16-bit timer/counter (Timer_B type) with seven capture/compare registers(see Table 6-15).
TB0 supports multiple capture/compares, PWM outputs, and interval timing. TB0 also has extensive
interrupt capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each
capture/compare register.
Table 6-15. Timer TB0 Signal Connections
INPUT PIN NUMBER
PZ
ZQW
58-P8.0
P2MAPx (1)
J11-P8.0
P2MAPx (1)
DEVICE
INPUT
SIGNAL
MODULE
INPUT
SIGNAL
TB0CLK
TB0CLK
ACLK
ACLK
SMCLK
SMCLK
58-P8.0
P2MAPx (1)
J11-P8.0
P2MAPx (1)
TB0CLK
TB0CLK
50-P4.0
J9-P4.0
TB0.0
CCI0A
P2MAPx
(1)
P2MAPx
(1)
TB0.0
MODULE
BLOCK
MODULE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
DEVICE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
NA
NA
GND
DVCC
VCC
PZ
ZQW
50-P4.0
CCI0B
DVSS
OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
P2MAPx
CCR0
TB0
TB0.0
(1)
J9-P4.0
P2MAPx (1)
ADC12 (internal)
ADC12SHSx = {2}
51-P4.1
M11-P4.1
TB0.1
CCI1A
51-P4.1
M11-P4.1
P2MAPx (1)
P2MAPx (1)
TB0.1
CCI1B
P2MAPx (1)
P2MAPx (1)
DVSS
GND
CCR1
TB1
TB0.1
ADC12 (internal)
ADC12SHSx = {3}
DVCC
VCC
52-P4.2
L10-P4.2
TB0.2
CCI2A
52-P4.2
L10-P4.2
P2MAPx (1)
P2MAPx (1)
TB0.2
CCI2B
P2MAPx (1)
P2MAPx (1)
DVSS
GND
CCR2
TB2
DAC12_A (2)
DAC12_0, DAC12_1
(internal)
TB0.2
DVCC
VCC
53-P4.3
M12-P4.3
TB0.3
CCI3A
53-P4.3
M12-P4.3
P2MAPx (1)
P2MAPx (1)
TB0.3
CCI3B
P2MAPx (1)
P2MAPx (1)
DVSS
GND
CCR3
TB3
TB0.3
DVCC
VCC
54-P4.4
L12-P4.4
TB0.4
CCI4A
54-P4.4
L12-P4.4
P2MAPx (1)
P2MAPx (1)
TB0.4
CCI4B
P2MAPx (1)
P2MAPx (1)
DVSS
GND
55-P4.5
L11-P4.5
55-P4.5
P2MAPx
(1)
56-P4.6
P2MAPx
(1)
(2)
70
(1)
L11-P4.5
P2MAPx
(1)
K11-P4.6
P2MAPx
(1)
DVCC
VCC
TB0.5
CCI5A
TB0.5
CCI5B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
TB0.6
CCI6A
TB0.6
CCI6B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
CCR4
CCR5
TB4
TB5
TB0.4
TB0.5
P2MAPx
(1)
56-P4.6
CCR6
TB6
TB0.6
P2MAPx
(1)
P2MAPx (1)
K11-P4.6
P2MAPx (1)
Timer functions selectable by the port mapping controller.
Only on devices with peripheral module DAC12_A.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
6.12.15 Comparator_B (Link to User's Guide)
The primary function of the Comparator_B module is to support precision slope analog-to-digital
conversions, battery voltage supervision, and monitoring of external analog signals.
6.12.16 ADC12_A (Link to User's Guide)
The ADC12_A module supports fast 12-bit analog-to-digital conversions. The module implements a 12-bit
SAR core, sample select control, reference generator, and a 16-word conversion-and-control buffer. The
conversion-and-control buffer allows up to 16 independent ADC samples to be converted and stored
without any CPU intervention.
6.12.17 DAC12_A (Link to User's Guide)
The DAC12_A module is a 12-bit R-ladder voltage-output DAC. The DAC12_A may be used in 8-bit or 12bit mode, and may be used with the DMA controller. When multiple DAC12_A modules are present, they
may be grouped together for synchronous operation.
6.12.18 CRC16 (Link to User's Guide)
The CRC16 module produces a signature based on a sequence of entered data values and can be used
for data checking purposes. The CRC16 module signature is based on the CRC-CCITT standard.
6.12.19 Voltage Reference (REF) Module (Link to User's Guide)
The REF module generates all of the critical reference voltages that can be used by the various analog
peripherals in the device.
6.12.20 LCD_B (Link to User's Guide)
The LCD_B driver generates the segment and common signals that are required to drive a liquid crystal
display (LCD). The LCD_B controller has dedicated data memories to hold segment drive information.
Common and segment signals are generated as defined by the mode. Static, 2-mux, 3-mux, and 4-mux
LCDs are supported. The module can provide a LCD voltage independent of the supply voltage with its
integrated charge pump. It is possible to control the level of the LCD voltage, and thus contrast, by
software. The module also provides an automatic blinking capability for individual segments.
6.12.21 LDO and PU Port
The integrated 3.3-V power system incorporates an integrated 3.3-V LDO regulator that allows the entire
MSP430 microcontroller to be powered from nominal 5-V LDOI when it is made available for the system.
Alternatively, the power system can supply power only to other components within the system, or it can be
unused altogether.
The Port U Pins (PU.0/PU.1) function as general-purpose high-current I/O pins. These pins can only be
configured together as either both inputs or both outputs. Port U is supplied by the LDOO rail. If the 3.3-V
LDO is not being used in the system (disabled), the LDOO pin can be supplied externally.
6.12.22 Embedded Emulation Module (EEM) (Link to User's Guide)
The EEM supports real-time in-system debugging. The L version of the EEM has the following features:
• Eight hardware triggers or breakpoints on memory access
• Two hardware triggers or breakpoints on CPU register write access
• Up to 10 hardware triggers can be combined to form complex triggers or breakpoints
• Two cycle counters
• Sequencer
• State storage
• Clock control on module level
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
71
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.12.23 Peripheral File Map
Table 6-16 lists the register base address for all of the available peripheral modules.
Table 6-16. Peripherals
(1)
72
MODULE NAME
BASE ADDRESS
OFFSET ADDRESS RANGE (1)
Special Functions (see Table 6-17)
0100h
000h-01Fh
PMM (see Table 6-18)
0120h
000h-010h
Flash Control (see Table 6-19)
0140h
000h-00Fh
CRC16 (see Table 6-20)
0150h
000h-007h
RAM Control (see Table 6-21)
0158h
000h-001h
Watchdog (see Table 6-22)
015Ch
000h-001h
UCS (see Table 6-23)
0160h
000h-01Fh
SYS (see Table 6-24)
0180h
000h-01Fh
Shared Reference (see Table 6-25)
01B0h
000h-001h
000h-003h
Port Mapping Control (see Table 6-26)
01C0h
Port Mapping Port P2 (see Table 6-26)
01D0h
000h-007h
Port P1, P2 (see Table 6-27)
0200h
000h-01Fh
Port P3, P4 (see Table 6-28)
0220h
000h-01Fh
Port P5, P6 (see Table 6-29)
0240h
000h-00Bh
Port P7, P8 (see Table 6-30)
0260h
000h-00Bh
Port P9 (see Table 6-31)
0280h
000h-00Bh
Port PJ (see Table 6-32)
0320h
000h-01Fh
Timer TA0 (see Table 6-33)
0340h
000h-02Eh
Timer TA1 (see Table 6-34)
0380h
000h-02Eh
Timer TB0 (see Table 6-35)
03C0h
000h-02Eh
Timer TA2 (see Table 6-36)
0400h
000h-02Eh
Battery Backup (see Table 6-37)
0480h
000h-01Fh
RTC_B (see Table 6-38)
04A0h
000h-01Fh
32-bit Hardware Multiplier (see Table 6-39)
04C0h
000h-02Fh
DMA General Control (see Table 6-40)
0500h
000h-00Fh
DMA Channel 0 (see Table 6-40)
0510h
000h-00Ah
DMA Channel 1 (see Table 6-40)
0520h
000h-00Ah
DMA Channel 2 (see Table 6-40)
0530h
000h-00Ah
DMA Channel 3 (see Table 6-40)
0540h
000h-00Ah
DMA Channel 4 (see Table 6-40)
0550h
000h-00Ah
DMA Channel 5 (see Table 6-40)
0560h
000h-00Ah
USCI_A0 (see Table 6-41)
05C0h
000h-01Fh
USCI_B0 (see Table 6-42)
05E0h
000h-01Fh
USCI_A1 (see Table 6-43)
0600h
000h-01Fh
USCI_B1 (see Table 6-44)
0620h
000h-01Fh
ADC12_A (see Table 6-45)
0700h
000h-03Fh
DAC12_A (see Table 6-46)
0780h
000h-01Fh
Comparator_B (see Table 6-47)
08C0h
000h-00Fh
LDO and Port U configuration (see Table 6-48)
0900h
000h-014h
LCD_B control (see Table 6-49)
0A00h
000h-05Fh
For a detailed description of the individual control register offset addresses, see the MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide
(SLAU208).
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-17. Special Function Registers (Base Address: 0100h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
SFR interrupt enable
SFRIE1
00h
SFR interrupt flag
SFRIFG1
02h
SFR reset pin control
SFRRPCR
04h
Table 6-18. PMM Registers (Base Address: 0120h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
PMM control 0
PMMCTL0
00h
PMM control 1
PMMCTL1
02h
SVS high-side control
SVSMHCTL
04h
SVS low-side control
SVSMLCTL
06h
PMM interrupt flags
PMMIFG
0Ch
PMM interrupt enable
PMMIE
0Eh
PMM power mode 5 control
PM5CTL0
10h
Table 6-19. Flash Control Registers (Base Address: 0140h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Flash control 1
FCTL1
00h
Flash control 3
FCTL3
04h
Flash control 4
FCTL4
06h
Table 6-20. CRC16 Registers (Base Address: 0150h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
CRC data input
CRC16DI
00h
CRC result
CRC16INIRES
04h
Table 6-21. RAM Control Registers (Base Address: 0158h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
RAM control 0
REGISTER
RCCTL0
OFFSET
00h
Table 6-22. Watchdog Registers (Base Address: 015Ch)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Watchdog timer control
REGISTER
WDTCTL
OFFSET
00h
Table 6-23. UCS Registers (Base Address: 0160h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
UCS control 0
UCSCTL0
00h
UCS control 1
UCSCTL1
02h
UCS control 2
UCSCTL2
04h
UCS control 3
UCSCTL3
06h
UCS control 4
UCSCTL4
08h
UCS control 5
UCSCTL5
0Ah
UCS control 6
UCSCTL6
0Ch
UCS control 7
UCSCTL7
0Eh
UCS control 8
UCSCTL8
10h
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
73
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-24. SYS Registers (Base Address: 0180h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
System control
SYSCTL
00h
Bootloader configuration area
SYSBSLC
02h
JTAG mailbox control
SYSJMBC
06h
JTAG mailbox input 0
SYSJMBI0
08h
JTAG mailbox input 1
SYSJMBI1
0Ah
JTAG mailbox output 0
SYSJMBO0
0Ch
JTAG mailbox output 1
SYSJMBO1
0Eh
Bus error vector generator
SYSBERRIV
18h
User NMI vector generator
SYSUNIV
1Ah
System NMI vector generator
SYSSNIV
1Ch
Reset vector generator
SYSRSTIV
1Eh
Table 6-25. Shared Reference Registers (Base Address: 01B0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Shared reference control
REGISTER
REFCTL
OFFSET
00h
Table 6-26. Port Mapping Registers
(Base Address of Port Mapping Control: 01C0h, Port P2: 01D0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port mapping password
PMAPPWD
00h
Port mapping control
PMAPCTL
02h
Port P2.0 mapping
P2MAP0
00h
Port P2.1 mapping
P2MAP1
01h
Port P2.2 mapping
P2MAP2
02h
Port P2.3 mapping
P2MAP3
03h
Port P2.4 mapping
P2MAP4
04h
Port P2.5 mapping
P2MAP5
05h
Port P2.6 mapping
P2MAP6
06h
Port P2.7 mapping
P2MAP7
07h
Table 6-27. Port P1, P2 Registers (Base Address: 0200h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port P1 input
P1IN
00h
Port P1 output
P1OUT
02h
Port P1 direction
P1DIR
04h
Port P1 pullup/pulldown enable
P1REN
06h
Port P1 drive strength
P1DS
08h
Port P1 selection
P1SEL
0Ah
Port P1 interrupt vector word
P1IV
0Eh
Port P1 interrupt edge select
P1IES
18h
Port P1 interrupt enable
P1IE
1Ah
Port P1 interrupt flag
P1IFG
1Ch
Port P2 input
P2IN
01h
Port P2 output
P2OUT
03h
Port P2 direction
P2DIR
05h
Port P2 pullup/pulldown enable
P2REN
07h
74
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-27. Port P1, P2 Registers (Base Address: 0200h) (continued)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port P2 drive strength
P2DS
09h
Port P2 selection
P2SEL
0Bh
Port P2 interrupt vector word
P2IV
1Eh
Port P2 interrupt edge select
P2IES
19h
Port P2 interrupt enable
P2IE
1Bh
Port P2 interrupt flag
P2IFG
1Dh
Table 6-28. Port P3, P4 Registers (Base Address: 0220h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port P3 input
P3IN
00h
Port P3 output
P3OUT
02h
Port P3 direction
P3DIR
04h
Port P3 pullup/pulldown enable
P3REN
06h
Port P3 drive strength
P3DS
08h
Port P3 selection
P3SEL
0Ah
Port P3 interrupt vector word
P3IV
0Eh
Port P3 interrupt edge select
P3IES
18h
Port P3 interrupt enable
P3IE
1Ah
Port P3 interrupt flag
P3IFG
1Ch
Port P4 input
P4IN
01h
Port P4 output
P4OUT
03h
Port P4 direction
P4DIR
05h
Port P4 pullup/pulldown enable
P4REN
07h
Port P4 drive strength
P4DS
09h
Port P4 selection
P4SEL
0Bh
Port P4 interrupt vector word
P4IV
1Eh
Port P4 interrupt edge select
P4IES
19h
Port P4 interrupt enable
P4IE
1Bh
Port P4 interrupt flag
P4IFG
1Dh
Table 6-29. Port P5, P6 Registers (Base Address: 0240h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port P5 input
P5IN
00h
Port P5 output
P5OUT
02h
Port P5 direction
P5DIR
04h
Port P5 pullup/pulldown enable
P5REN
06h
Port P5 drive strength
P5DS
08h
Port P5 selection
P5SEL
0Ah
Port P6 input
P6IN
01h
Port P6 output
P6OUT
03h
Port P6 direction
P6DIR
05h
Port P6 pullup/pulldown enable
P6REN
07h
Port P6 drive strength
P6DS
09h
Port P6 selection
P6SEL
0Bh
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
75
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-30. Port P7, P8 Registers (Base Address: 0260h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port P7 input
P7IN
00h
Port P7 output
P7OUT
02h
Port P7 direction
P7DIR
04h
Port P7 pullup/pulldown enable
P7REN
06h
Port P7 drive strength
P7DS
08h
Port P7 selection
P7SEL
0Ah
Port P8 input
P8IN
01h
Port P8 output
P8OUT
03h
Port P8 direction
P8DIR
05h
Port P8 pullup/pulldown enable
P8REN
07h
Port P8 drive strength
P8DS
09h
Port P8 selection
P8SEL
0Bh
Table 6-31. Port P9 Register (Base Address: 0280h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port P9 input
P9IN
00h
Port P9 output
P9OUT
02h
Port P9 direction
P9DIR
04h
Port P9 pullup/pulldown enable
P9REN
06h
Port P9 drive strength
P9DS
08h
Port P9 selection
P9SEL
0Ah
Table 6-32. Port J Registers (Base Address: 0320h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port PJ input
PJIN
00h
Port PJ output
PJOUT
02h
Port PJ direction
PJDIR
04h
Port PJ pullup/pulldown enable
PJREN
06h
Port PJ drive strength
PJDS
08h
Table 6-33. TA0 Registers (Base Address: 0340h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TA0 control
TA0CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TA0CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TA0CCTL1
04h
Capture/compare control 2
TA0CCTL2
06h
Capture/compare control 3
TA0CCTL3
08h
Capture/compare control 4
TA0CCTL4
0Ah
TA0 counter
TA0R
10h
Capture/compare 0
TA0CCR0
12h
Capture/compare 1
TA0CCR1
14h
Capture/compare 2
TA0CCR2
16h
Capture/compare 3
TA0CCR3
18h
Capture/compare 4
TA0CCR4
1Ah
TA0 expansion 0
TA0EX0
20h
TA0 interrupt vector
TA0IV
2Eh
76
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-34. TA1 Registers (Base Address: 0380h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TA1 control
TA1CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TA1CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TA1CCTL1
04h
Capture/compare control 2
TA1CCTL2
06h
TA1 counter
TA1R
10h
Capture/compare 0
TA1CCR0
12h
Capture/compare 1
TA1CCR1
14h
Capture/compare 2
TA1CCR2
16h
TA1 expansion 0
TA1EX0
20h
TA1 interrupt vector
TA1IV
2Eh
Table 6-35. TB0 Registers (Base Address: 03C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TB0 control
TB0CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TB0CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TB0CCTL1
04h
Capture/compare control 2
TB0CCTL2
06h
Capture/compare control 3
TB0CCTL3
08h
Capture/compare control 4
TB0CCTL4
0Ah
Capture/compare control 5
TB0CCTL5
0Ch
Capture/compare control 6
TB0CCTL6
0Eh
TB0 counter
TB0R
10h
Capture/compare 0
TB0CCR0
12h
Capture/compare 1
TB0CCR1
14h
Capture/compare 2
TB0CCR2
16h
Capture/compare 3
TB0CCR3
18h
Capture/compare 4
TB0CCR4
1Ah
Capture/compare 5
TB0CCR5
1Ch
Capture/compare 6
TB0CCR6
1Eh
TB0 expansion 0
TB0EX0
20h
TB0 interrupt vector
TB0IV
2Eh
Table 6-36. TA2 Registers (Base Address: 0400h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TA2 control
TA2CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TA2CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TA2CCTL1
04h
Capture/compare control 2
TA2CCTL2
06h
TA2 counter
TA2R
10h
Capture/compare 0
TA2CCR0
12h
Capture/compare 1
TA2CCR1
14h
Capture/compare 2
TA2CCR2
16h
TA2 expansion 0
TA2EX0
20h
TA2 interrupt vector
TA2IV
2Eh
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
77
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-37. Battery Backup Registers (Base Address: 0480h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Battery backup memory 0
BAKMEM0
00h
Battery backup memory 1
BAKMEM1
02h
Battery backup memory 2
BAKMEM2
04h
Battery backup memory 3
BAKMEM3
06h
Battery backup control
BAKCTL
1Ch
Battery charger control
BAKCHCTL
1Eh
Table 6-38. Real-Time Clock Registers (Base Address: 04A0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
RTC control 0
RTCCTL0
00h
RTC control 1
RTCCTL1
01h
RTC control 2
RTCCTL2
02h
RTC control 3
RTCCTL3
03h
RTC prescaler 0 control
RTCPS0CTL
08h
RTC prescaler 1 control
RTCPS1CTL
0Ah
RTC prescaler 0
RTCPS0
0Ch
RTC prescaler 1
RTCPS1
0Dh
RTC interrupt vector word
RTCIV
0Eh
RTC seconds
RTCSEC
10h
RTC minutes
RTCMIN
11h
RTC hours
RTCHOUR
12h
RTC day of week
RTCDOW
13h
RTC days
RTCDAY
14h
RTC month
RTCMON
15h
RTC year low
RTCYEARL
16h
RTC year high
RTCYEARH
17h
RTC alarm minutes
RTCAMIN
18h
RTC alarm hours
RTCAHOUR
19h
RTC alarm day of week
RTCADOW
1Ah
RTC alarm days
RTCADAY
1Bh
Binary-to-BCD conversion
BIN2BCD
1Ch
BCD-to-binary conversion
BCD2BIN
1Eh
Table 6-39. 32-Bit Hardware Multiplier Registers (Base Address: 04C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
16-bit operand 1 – multiply
MPY
00h
16-bit operand 1 – signed multiply
MPYS
02h
16-bit operand 1 – multiply accumulate
MAC
04h
16-bit operand 1 – signed multiply accumulate
MACS
06h
16-bit operand 2
OP2
08h
16 × 16 result low word
RESLO
0Ah
16 × 16 result high word
RESHI
0Ch
16 × 16 sum extension
SUMEXT
0Eh
32-bit operand 1 – multiply low word
MPY32L
10h
32-bit operand 1 – multiply high word
MPY32H
12h
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply low word
MPYS32L
14h
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply high word
MPYS32H
16h
78
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-39. 32-Bit Hardware Multiplier Registers (Base Address: 04C0h) (continued)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
32-bit operand 1 – multiply accumulate low word
MAC32L
18h
32-bit operand 1 – multiply accumulate high word
MAC32H
1Ah
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply accumulate low word
MACS32L
1Ch
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply accumulate high word
MACS32H
1Eh
32-bit operand 2 – low word
OP2L
20h
32-bit operand 2 – high word
OP2H
22h
32 × 32 result 0 – least significant word
RES0
24h
32 × 32 result 1
RES1
26h
32 × 32 result 2
RES2
28h
32 × 32 result 3 – most significant word
RES3
2Ah
MPY32 control 0
MPY32CTL0
2Ch
Table 6-40. DMA Registers (Base Address DMA General Control: 0500h,
DMA Channel 0: 0510h, DMA Channel 1: 0520h, DMA Channel 2: 0530h, DMA Channel 3: 0540h, DMA
Channel 4: 0550h, DMA Channel 5: 0560h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
DMA general control: DMA module control 0
DMACTL0
00h
DMA general control: DMA module control 1
DMACTL1
02h
DMA general control: DMA module control 2
DMACTL2
04h
DMA general control: DMA module control 3
DMACTL3
06h
DMA general control: DMA module control 4
DMACTL4
08h
DMA general control: DMA interrupt vector
DMAIV
0Ah
DMA channel 0 control
DMA0CTL
00h
DMA channel 0 source address low
DMA0SAL
02h
DMA channel 0 source address high
DMA0SAH
04h
DMA channel 0 destination address low
DMA0DAL
06h
DMA channel 0 destination address high
DMA0DAH
08h
DMA channel 0 transfer size
DMA0SZ
0Ah
DMA channel 1 control
DMA1CTL
00h
DMA channel 1 source address low
DMA1SAL
02h
DMA channel 1 source address high
DMA1SAH
04h
DMA channel 1 destination address low
DMA1DAL
06h
DMA channel 1 destination address high
DMA1DAH
08h
DMA channel 1 transfer size
DMA1SZ
0Ah
DMA channel 2 control
DMA2CTL
00h
DMA channel 2 source address low
DMA2SAL
02h
DMA channel 2 source address high
DMA2SAH
04h
DMA channel 2 destination address low
DMA2DAL
06h
DMA channel 2 destination address high
DMA2DAH
08h
DMA channel 2 transfer size
DMA2SZ
0Ah
DMA channel 3 control
DMA3CTL
00h
DMA channel 3 source address low
DMA3SAL
02h
DMA channel 3 source address high
DMA3SAH
04h
DMA channel 3 destination address low
DMA3DAL
06h
DMA channel 3 destination address high
DMA3DAH
08h
DMA channel 3 transfer size
DMA3SZ
0Ah
DMA channel 4 control
DMA4CTL
00h
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
79
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-40. DMA Registers (Base Address DMA General Control: 0500h,
DMA Channel 0: 0510h, DMA Channel 1: 0520h, DMA Channel 2: 0530h, DMA Channel 3: 0540h, DMA
Channel 4: 0550h, DMA Channel 5: 0560h) (continued)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
DMA channel 4 source address low
DMA4SAL
02h
DMA channel 4 source address high
DMA4SAH
04h
DMA channel 4 destination address low
DMA4DAL
06h
DMA channel 4 destination address high
DMA4DAH
08h
DMA channel 4 transfer size
DMA4SZ
0Ah
DMA channel 5 control
DMA5CTL
00h
DMA channel 5 source address low
DMA5SAL
02h
DMA channel 5 source address high
DMA5SAH
04h
DMA channel 5 destination address low
DMA5DAL
06h
DMA channel 5 destination address high
DMA5DAH
08h
DMA channel 5 transfer size
DMA5SZ
0Ah
Table 6-41. USCI_A0 Registers (Base Address: 05C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
USCI control 0
UCA0CTL0
00h
USCI control 1
UCA0CTL1
01h
USCI baud rate 0
UCA0BR0
06h
USCI baud rate 1
UCA0BR1
07h
USCI modulation control
UCA0MCTL
08h
USCI status
UCA0STAT
0Ah
USCI receive buffer
UCA0RXBUF
0Ch
USCI transmit buffer
UCA0TXBUF
0Eh
USCI LIN control
UCA0ABCTL
10h
USCI IrDA transmit control
UCA0IRTCTL
12h
USCI IrDA receive control
UCA0IRRCTL
13h
USCI interrupt enable
UCA0IE
1Ch
USCI interrupt flags
UCA0IFG
1Dh
USCI interrupt vector word
UCA0IV
1Eh
Table 6-42. USCI_B0 Registers (Base Address: 05E0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
USCI synchronous control 0
UCB0CTL0
00h
USCI synchronous control 1
UCB0CTL1
01h
USCI synchronous bit rate 0
UCB0BR0
06h
USCI synchronous bit rate 1
UCB0BR1
07h
USCI synchronous status
UCB0STAT
0Ah
USCI synchronous receive buffer
UCB0RXBUF
0Ch
USCI synchronous transmit buffer
UCB0TXBUF
0Eh
USCI I2C own address
UCB0I2COA
10h
USCI I2C slave address
UCB0I2CSA
12h
USCI interrupt enable
UCB0IE
1Ch
USCI interrupt flags
UCB0IFG
1Dh
USCI interrupt vector word
UCB0IV
1Eh
80
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-43. USCI_A1 Registers (Base Address: 0600h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
USCI control 0
UCA1CTL0
00h
USCI control 1
UCA1CTL1
01h
USCI baud rate 0
UCA1BR0
06h
USCI baud rate 1
UCA1BR1
07h
USCI modulation control
UCA1MCTL
08h
USCI status
UCA1STAT
0Ah
USCI receive buffer
UCA1RXBUF
0Ch
USCI transmit buffer
UCA1TXBUF
0Eh
USCI LIN control
UCA1ABCTL
10h
USCI IrDA transmit control
UCA1IRTCTL
12h
USCI IrDA receive control
UCA1IRRCTL
13h
USCI interrupt enable
UCA1IE
1Ch
USCI interrupt flags
UCA1IFG
1Dh
USCI interrupt vector word
UCA1IV
1Eh
Table 6-44. USCI_B1 Registers (Base Address: 0620h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
USCI synchronous control 0
UCB1CTL0
00h
USCI synchronous control 1
UCB1CTL1
01h
USCI synchronous bit rate 0
UCB1BR0
06h
USCI synchronous bit rate 1
UCB1BR1
07h
USCI synchronous status
UCB1STAT
0Ah
USCI synchronous receive buffer
UCB1RXBUF
0Ch
USCI synchronous transmit buffer
UCB1TXBUF
0Eh
USCI I2C own address
UCB1I2COA
10h
USCI I2C slave address
UCB1I2CSA
12h
USCI interrupt enable
UCB1IE
1Ch
USCI interrupt flags
UCB1IFG
1Dh
USCI interrupt vector word
UCB1IV
1Eh
Table 6-45. ADC12_A Registers (Base Address: 0700h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
ADC12 control 0
ADC12CTL0
00h
ADC12 control 1
ADC12CTL1
02h
ADC12 control 2
ADC12CTL2
04h
Interrupt flag
ADC12IFG
0Ah
Interrupt enable
ADC12IE
0Ch
Interrupt vector word
ADC12IV
0Eh
ADC memory control 0
ADC12MCTL0
10h
ADC memory control 1
ADC12MCTL1
11h
ADC memory control 2
ADC12MCTL2
12h
ADC memory control 3
ADC12MCTL3
13h
ADC memory control 4
ADC12MCTL4
14h
ADC memory control 5
ADC12MCTL5
15h
ADC memory control 6
ADC12MCTL6
16h
ADC memory control 7
ADC12MCTL7
17h
ADC memory control 8
ADC12MCTL8
18h
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
81
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-45. ADC12_A Registers (Base Address: 0700h) (continued)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
ADC memory control 9
ADC12MCTL9
19h
ADC memory control 10
ADC12MCTL10
1Ah
ADC memory control 11
ADC12MCTL11
1Bh
ADC memory control 12
ADC12MCTL12
1Ch
ADC memory control 13
ADC12MCTL13
1Dh
ADC memory control 14
ADC12MCTL14
1Eh
ADC memory control 15
ADC12MCTL15
1Fh
Conversion memory 0
ADC12MEM0
20h
Conversion memory 1
ADC12MEM1
22h
Conversion memory 2
ADC12MEM2
24h
Conversion memory 3
ADC12MEM3
26h
Conversion memory 4
ADC12MEM4
28h
Conversion memory 5
ADC12MEM5
2Ah
Conversion memory 6
ADC12MEM6
2Ch
Conversion memory 7
ADC12MEM7
2Eh
Conversion memory 8
ADC12MEM8
30h
Conversion memory 9
ADC12MEM9
32h
Conversion memory 10
ADC12MEM10
34h
Conversion memory 11
ADC12MEM11
36h
Conversion memory 12
ADC12MEM12
38h
Conversion memory 13
ADC12MEM13
3Ah
Conversion memory 14
ADC12MEM14
3Ch
Conversion memory 15
ADC12MEM15
3Eh
Table 6-46. DAC12_A Registers (Base Address: 0780h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
DAC12_A channel 0 control 0
DAC12_0CTL0
00h
DAC12_A channel 0 control 1
DAC12_0CTL1
02h
DAC12_A channel 0 data
DAC12_0DAT
04h
DAC12_A channel 0 calibration control
DAC12_0CALCTL
06h
DAC12_A channel 0 calibration data
DAC12_0CALDAT
08h
DAC12_A channel 1 control 0
DAC12_1CTL0
10h
DAC12_A channel 1 control 1
DAC12_1CTL1
12h
DAC12_A channel 1 data
DAC12_1DAT
14h
DAC12_A channel 1 calibration control
DAC12_1CALCTL
16h
DAC12_A channel 1 calibration data
DAC12_1CALDAT
18h
DAC12_A interrupt vector word
DAC12IV
1Eh
Table 6-47. Comparator_B Registers (Base Address: 08C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Comp_B control 0
CBCTL0
00h
Comp_B control 1
CBCTL1
02h
Comp_B control 2
CBCTL2
04h
Comp_B control 3
CBCTL3
06h
Comp_B interrupt
CBINT
0Ch
Comp_B interrupt vector word
CBIV
0Eh
82
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-48. LDO and Port U Configuration Registers (Base Address: 0900h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
LDO key/ID
LDOKEYID
00h
PU port control
PUCTL
04h
LDO power control
LDOPWRCTL
08h
Table 6-49. LCD_B Registers (Base Address: 0A00h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
LCD_B control 0
LCDBCTL0
000h
LCD_B control 1
LCDBCTL1
002h
LCD_B blinking control
LCDBBLKCTL
004h
LCD_B memory control
LCDBMEMCTL
006h
LCD_B voltage control
LCDBVCTL
008h
LCD_B port control 0
LCDBPCTL0
00Ah
LCD_B port control 1
LCDBPCTL1
00Ch
LCD_B port control 2
LCDBPCTL2
00Eh
LCD_B charge pump control
LCDBCTL0
012h
LCD_B interrupt vector word
LCDBIV
01Eh
LCD_B memory 1
LCDM1
020h
LCD_B memory 2
LCDM2
021h
⋮
⋮
⋮
LCD_B memory 22
LCDM22
035h
LCD_B blinking memory 1
LCDBM1
040h
LCD_B blinking memory 2
LCDBM2
041h
⋮
⋮
LCD_B blinking memory 22
LCDBM22
⋮
055h
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
83
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.13 Input/Output Schematics
6.13.1 Port P1, P1.0 to P1.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
S32...S39
LCDS32...LCDS39
P1REN.x
P1DIR.x
0
0
Module X OUT
1
0
DVCC
1
1
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
1
P1OUT.x
DVSS
P1DS.x
0: Low drive
1: High drive
P1SEL.x
P1IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
Module X IN
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK/S39
P1.1/TA0.0/S38
P1.2/TA0.1/S37
P1.3/TA0.2/S36
P1.4/TA0.3/S35
P1.5/TA0.4/S34
P1.6/TA0.1/S33
P1.7/TA0.2/S32
D
P1IE.x
EN
P1IRQ.x
Q
P1IFG.x
P1SEL.x
P1IES.x
Set
Interrupt
Edge
Select
Figure 6-2. Port P1 (P1.0 to P1.7) Schematic
84
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-50. Port P1 (P1.0 to P1.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P1.x)
x
P1.0/TA0CLK/ACLK/
S39
0
P1.1/TA0.0/S38
P1.2/TA0.1/S37
P1.3/TA0.2/S36
FUNCTION
P1.0 (I/O)
Timer TA0.TA0CLK
1
2
3
4
5
P1.7/TA0.2/S32
(1)
6
7
LCDS32...39
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TA0.CCI0A capture input
0
1
0
Timer TA0.0 output
1
1
0
S38
X
X
1
P1.1 (I/O)
P1.2 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TA0.CCI1A capture input
0
1
0
Timer TA0.1 output
1
1
0
S37
X
X
1
P1.3 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TA0.CCI2A capture input
0
1
0
Timer TA0.2 output
1
1
0
P1.4 (I/O)
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
0
Timer TA0.3 output
1
1
0
S35
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
0
P1.5 (I/O)
Timer TA0.CCI4A capture input
P1.6/TA0.1/S33
P1SEL.x
S39
Timer TA0.CCI3A capture input
P1.5/TA0.4/S34
P1DIR.x
I: 0; O: 1
ACLK
S36
P1.4/TA0.3/S35
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
Timer TA0.4 output
1
1
0
S34
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TA0.CCI1B capture input
0
1
0
Timer TA0.1 output
1
1
0
S33
X
X
1
P1.6 (I/O)
P1.7 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TA0.CCI2B capture input
0
1
0
Timer TA0.2 output
1
1
0
S32
X
X
1
X = Don't care
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
85
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.13.2 Port P2, P2.0 to P2.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
to LCD_B
from LCD_B
P2REN.x
P2DIR.x
0
From Port Mapping
1
P2OUT.x
0
From Port Mapping
1
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
P2DS.x
0: Low drive
1: High drive
P2SEL.x
P2IN.x
From Port Mapping
P2.0/P2MAP0
P2.1/P2MAP1
P2.2/P2MAP2
P2.3/P2MAP3
P2.4/P2MAP4
P2.5/P2MAP5
P2.6/P2MAP6/R03
P2.7/P2MAP7/LCDREF/R13
EN
To Port Mapping
D
P2IE.x
EN
P2IRQ.x
Q
P2IFG.x
P2SEL.x
P2IES.x
Set
Interrupt
Edge
Select
Figure 6-3. Port P2 (P2.0 to P2.7) Schematic
86
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-51. Port P2 (P2.0 to P2.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P2.x)
P2.0/P2MAP0
x
0
FUNCTION
P2.0 (I/O)
Mapped secondary digital function
P2.1/P2MAP1
1
P2.1 (I/O)
Mapped secondary digital function
P2.2/P2MAP2
2
P2.3/P2MAP3
3
P2.2 (I/O)
Mapped secondary digital function
P2.3 (I/O)
Mapped secondary digital function
P2.4/P2MAP4
4
P2.4 (I/O)
Mapped secondary digital function
P2.5/P2MAP5
5
P2.5 (I/O
Mapped secondary digital function
P2.6/P2MAP6/R03
P2.7/P2MAP7/
LCDREF/R13
(1)
6
7
P2.6 (I/O)
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
P2DIR.x
P2SEL.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
X
1
P2MAPx
≤ 19
≤ 19
≤ 19
≤ 19
≤ 19
≤ 19
I: 0; O: 1
0
Mapped secondary digital function
X
1
≤ 19
R03
X
1
= 31
P2.7 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
Mapped secondary digital function
X
1
≤ 19
LCDREF/R13
X
1
= 31
X = Don't care
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
87
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.13.3 Port P3, P3.0 to P3.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
S24...S31
LCDS24...LCDS31
P3REN.x
P3DIR.x
0
0
Module X OUT
1
0
DVCC
1
1
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
1
P3OUT.x
DVSS
P3DS.x
0: Low drive
1: High drive
P3SEL.x
P3IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
Module X IN
P3.0/TA1CLK/CBOUT/S31
P3.1/TA1.0/S30
P3.2/TA1.1/S29
P3.3/TA1.2/S28
P3.4/TA2CLK/SMCLK/S27
P3.5/TA2.0/S26
P3.6/TA2.1/S25
P3.7/TA2.2/S24
D
P3IE.x
EN
P3IRQ.x
Q
P3IFG.x
P3SEL.x
P3IES.x
Set
Interrupt
Edge
Select
Figure 6-4. Port P3 (P3.0 to P3.7) Schematic
88
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-52. Port P3 (P3.0 to P3.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P3.x)
x
P3.0/TA1CLK/CBOUT/
S31
0
P3.1/TA1.0/S30
P3.2/TA1.1/S29
P3.3/TA1.2/S28
FUNCTION
P3.0 (I/O)
Timer TA1.TA1CLK
1
2
3
P3.5/TA2.0/S26
4
P3.7/TA2.2/S24
(1)
6
7
LCDS24...31
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TA1.CCI0A capture input
0
1
0
Timer TA1.0 output
1
1
0
S30
X
X
1
P3.1 (I/O)
P3.2 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TA1.CCI1A capture input
0
1
0
Timer TA1.1 output
1
1
0
S29
X
X
1
P3.3 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TA1.CCI2A capture input
0
1
0
Timer TA1.2 output
1
1
0
P3.4 (I/O)
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
0
SMCLK
1
1
0
S27
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
0
P3.5 (I/O)
Timer TA2.CCI0A capture input
P3.6/TA2.1/S25
P3SEL.x
S31
Timer TA2.TA2CLK
5
P3DIR.x
I: 0; O: 1
CBOUT
S28
P3.4/TA2CLK/SMCLK/
S27
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
Timer TA2.0 output
1
1
0
S26
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TA2.CCI1A capture input
0
1
0
Timer TA2.1 output
1
1
1
S25
X
X
1
P3.6 (I/O)
P3.7 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TA2.CCI2A capture input
0
1
0
Timer TA2.2 output
1
1
0
S24
X
X
1
X = Don't care
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
89
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.13.4 Port P4, P4.0 to P4.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
S16...S23
LCDS16...LCDS23
P4REN.x
P4DIR.x
0
0
Module X OUT
1
0
DVCC
1
1
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
1
P4OUT.x
DVSS
P4DS.x
0: Low drive
1: High drive
P4SEL.x
P4IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
Module X IN
P4.0/TB0.0/S23
P4.1/TB0.1/S22
P4.2/TB0.2/S21
P4.3/TB0.3/S20
P4.4/TB0.4/S19
P4.5/TB0.5/S18
P4.6/TB0.6/S17
P4.7/TB0OUTH/SVMOUT/S16
D
P4IE.x
EN
P4IRQ.x
Q
P4IFG.x
P4SEL.x
P4IES.x
Set
Interrupt
Edge
Select
Figure 6-5. Port P4 (P4.0 to P4.7) Schematic
90
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-53. Port P4 (P4.0 to P4.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P4.x)
P4.0/TB0.0/S23
x
0
FUNCTION
P4.0 (I/O)
Timer TB0.CCI0A capture input
Timer TB0.0 output
(2)
P4.2/TB0.2/S21
P4.3/TB0.3/S20
1
2
3
4
1
0
0
Timer TB0.CCI1A capture input
0
1
0
Timer TB0.1 output (2)
1
1
0
S22
X
X
1
P4.2 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TB0.CCI2A capture input
0
1
0
Timer TB0.2 output (2)
1
1
0
S21
X
X
1
P4.3 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TB0.CCI3A capture input
0
1
0
Timer TB0.3 output (2)
1
1
0
P4.4 (I/O)
(2)
P4.5 (I/O)
Timer TB0.5 output
(2)
(1)
(2)
7
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TB0.CCI6A capture input
0
1
0
Timer TB0.6 output (2)
1
1
0
S17
X
X
1
S18
P4.7/TB0OUTH/
SVMOUT/S16
0
I: 0; O: 1
P4.1 (I/O)
Timer TB0.CCI5A capture input
6
1
0
S19
P4.6/TB0.6/S17
0
0
1
Timer TB0.4 output
5
LCDS16...23
0
X
Timer TB0.CCI4A capture input
P4.5/TB0.5/S18
P4SEL.x
1
S20
P4.4/TB0.4/S19
P4DIR.x
I: 0; O: 1
X
S23
P4.1/TB0.1/S22
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
P4.6 (I/O)
P4.7 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Timer TB0.TB0OUTH
0
1
0
SVMOUT
1
1
0
S16
X
X
1
X = Don't care
Setting TB0OUTH causes all Timer_B configured outputs to be set to high impedance.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
91
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.13.5 Port P5, P5.0 and P5.1, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
To/From
Reference
P5REN.x
P5DIR.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
0
1
P5OUT.x
0
Module X OUT
1
P5.0/VREF+/VeREF+
P5.1/VREF–/VeREF–
P5DS.x
0: Low drive
1: High drive
P5SEL.x
P5IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
Module X IN
D
Figure 6-6. Port P5 (P5.0 and P5.1) Schematic
Table 6-54. Port P5 (P5.0 and P5.1) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P5.x)
x
P5.0/VREF+/VeREF+
0
FUNCTION
P5DIR.x
P5SEL.x
REFOUT
I: 0; O: 1
0
X
X
1
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
X
VeREF- (5)
X
1
0
VREF- (6)
X
1
1
P5.0 (I/O) (2)
VeREF+
(3)
VREF+ (4)
P5.1/VREF-/VeREF-
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
92
1
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
P5.1 (I/O) (2)
X = Don't care
Default condition
Setting the P5SEL.0 bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog
signals. An external voltage can be applied to VeREF+ and used as the reference for the ADC12_A, Comparator_B, or DAC12_A.
Setting the P5SEL.0 bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog
signals. The ADC12_A, VREF+ reference is available at the pin.
Setting the P5SEL.1 bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog
signals. An external voltage can be applied to VeREF- and used as the reference for the ADC12_A, Comparator_B, or DAC12_A.
Setting the P5SEL.1 bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog
signals. The ADC12_A, VREF- reference is available at the pin.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
6.13.6 Port P5, P5.2 to P5.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
S40...S42
LCDS40...LCDS42
P5REN.x
P5DIR.x
0
0
Module X OUT
1
0
DVCC
1
1
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
1
P5OUT.x
DVSS
P5.2/R23
P5.3/COM1/S42
P5.4/COM2/S41
P5.5/COM3/S40
P5.6/ADC12CLK/DMAE0
P5.7/RTCCLK
P5DS.x
0: Low drive
1: High drive
P5SEL.x
P5IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
Module X IN
D
Figure 6-7. Port P5 (P5.2 to P5.7) Schematic
Table 6-55. Port P5 (P5.2 to P5.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P5.x)
P5.2/R23
x
2
FUNCTION
P5.2 (I/O)
R23
P5.3/COM1/S42
3
P5.3 (I/O)
COM1
S42
P5.4/COM2/S41
4
P5.4 (I/O)
COM2
S41
P5.5/COM3/S40
5
P5.5 (I/O)
COM3
S40
P5.6/ADC12CLK/DMAE0
P5.7/RTCCLK
(1)
6
7
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
P5DIR.x
P5SEL.x
LCDS40...42
I: 0; O: 1
0
na
X
1
na
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
1
X
1
X
0
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
1
X
1
X
0
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
1
X
X
0
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
na
ADC12CLK
1
1
na
DMAE0
0
1
na
P5.7 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
na
RTCCLK
1
1
na
P5.6 (I/O)
X = Don't care
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
93
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.13.7 Port P6, P6.0 to P6.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
To ADC12
INCHx = y
0
Dvss
1
From DAC12_A
2
0 if DAC12AMPx=0
1 if DAC12AMPx=1
2 if DAC12AMPx>1
To Comparator_B
From Comparator_B
CBPD.x
DAC12AMPx>0
DAC12OPS
P6REN.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
P6DIR.x
P6OUT.x
P6DS.x
0: Low drive
1: High drive
P6SEL.x
P6IN.x
Bus
Keeper
P6.0/CB0/A0
P6.1/CB1/A1
P6.2/CB2/A2
P6.3/CB3/A3
P6.4/CB4/A4
P6.5/CB5/A5
P6.6/CB6/A6/DAC0
P6.7/CB7/A7/DAC1
Figure 6-8. Port P6 (P6.0 to P6.7) Schematic
94
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-56. Port P6 (P6.0 to P6.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P6.x)
P6.0/CB0/A0
x
0
FUNCTION
P6.0 (I/O)
CB0
A0
P6.1/CB1/A1
1
(2) (3)
P6.1 (I/O)
CB1
A1
P6.2/CB2/A2
2
(2) (3)
P6.2 (I/O)
CB2
A2
P6.3/CB3/A3
3
(2) (3)
P6.3 (I/O)
CB3
A3 (2)
P6.4/CB4/A4
4
(3)
P6.4 (I/O)
CB4
A4 (2)
P6.5/CB5/A5
5
(3)
P6.5 (I/O)
CB5
A5
P6.6/CB6/A6/DAC0
6
(2) (3)
P6.6 (I/O)
CB6
A6 (2)
(3)
DAC0
P6.7/CB7/A7/DAC1
7
P6.7 (I/O)
CB7
A7 (2)
(3)
DAC1
(1)
(2)
(3)
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
P6DIR.x
P6SEL.x
CBPD.x
DAC12OPS
DAC12AMPx
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
n/a
n/a
X
X
1
n/a
n/a
X
1
X
n/a
n/a
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
n/a
n/a
X
X
1
n/a
n/a
X
1
X
n/a
n/a
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
n/a
n/a
X
X
1
n/a
n/a
X
1
X
n/a
n/a
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
n/a
n/a
X
X
1
n/a
n/a
X
1
X
n/a
n/a
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
n/a
n/a
X
X
1
n/a
n/a
X
1
X
n/a
n/a
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
n/a
n/a
X
X
1
n/a
n/a
X
1
X
n/a
n/a
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
0
X
X
1
X
0
X
1
X
X
0
X
X
X
0
>1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
0
X
X
1
X
0
X
1
X
X
0
X
X
X
0
>1
X = Don't care
Setting the P6SEL.x bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog
signals.
The ADC12_A channel Ax is connected internally to AVSS if not selected by the respective INCHx bits.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
95
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.13.8 Port P7, P7.2, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
To XT2
P7REN.2
P7DIR.2
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
0
1
P7OUT.2
P7DS.2
0: Low drive
1: High drive
P7SEL.2
P7.2/XT2IN
P7IN.2
Bus
Keeper
Figure 6-9. Port P7 (P7.2) Schematic
96
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
6.13.9 Port P7, P7.3, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
To XT2
P7REN.3
P7DIR.3
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
0
1
P7OUT.3
P7SEL.2
P7.3/XT2OUT
P7DS.3
0: Low drive
1: High drive
XT2BYPASS
P7SEL.3
P7IN.3
Bus
Keeper
Figure 6-10. Port P7 (P7.3) Schematic
Table 6-57. Port P7 (P7.2 and P7.3) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P5.x)
P7.2/XT2IN
x
2
FUNCTION
P7.2 (I/O)
XT2IN crystal mode (2)
XT2IN bypass mode
P7.3/XT2OUT
3
(2)
P7.3 (I/O)
XT2OUT crystal mode (3)
P7.3 (I/O)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(3)
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
P7DIR.x
P7SEL.2
P7SEL.3
XT2BYPASS
I: 0; O: 1
0
X
X
X
1
X
0
X
1
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
X
1
X
0
X
1
0
1
X = Don't care
Setting P7SEL.2 causes the general-purpose I/O to be disabled. Pending the setting of XT2BYPASS, P7.2 is configured for crystal
mode or bypass mode.
Setting P7SEL.2 causes the general-purpose I/O to be disabled in crystal mode. When using bypass mode, P7.3 can be used as
general-purpose I/O.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
97
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.13.10 Port P7, P7.4 to P7.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
0
Dvss
1
From DAC12_A
2
Pad Logic
0 if DAC12AMPx=0
1 if DAC12AMPx=1
2 if DAC12AMPx>1
To ADC12
INCHx = y
To Comparator_B
From Comparator_B
CBPD.x
DAC12AMPx>0
DAC12OPS
P7REN.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
P7DIR.x
P7OUT.x
P7DS.x
0: Low drive
1: High drive
P7SEL.x
P7.4/CB8/A12
P7.5/CB9/A13
P7.6/CB10/A14/DAC0
P7.7/CB11/A15/DAC1
P7IN.x
Bus
Keeper
Figure 6-11. Port P7 (P7.4 to P7.7) Schematic
98
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-58. Port P7 (P7.4 to P7.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P7.x)
P7.4/CB8/A12
x
4
FUNCTION
P7.4 (I/O)
Comparator_B input CB8
A12
P7.5/CB9/A13
5
(2) (3)
P7.5 (I/O)
Comparator_B input CB9
A13
P7.6/CB10/A14/DAC0
6
(2) (3)
P7.6 (I/O)
Comparator_B input CB10
A14
(2) (3)
DAC12_A output DAC0
P7.7/CB11/A15/DAC1
7
P7.7 (I/O)
Comparator_B input CB11
A15
(2) (3)
DAC12_A output DAC1
(1)
(2)
(3)
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
P7DIR.x
P7SEL.x
CBPD.x
DAC12OPS
DAC12AMPx
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
n/a
n/a
X
X
1
n/a
n/a
X
1
X
n/a
n/a
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
n/a
n/a
X
X
1
n/a
n/a
X
1
X
n/a
n/a
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
0
X
X
1
X
0
X
1
X
X
0
X
X
X
1
>1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
0
X
X
1
X
0
X
1
X
X
0
X
X
X
1
>1
X = Don't care
Setting the P7SEL.x bit disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when applying analog
signals.
The ADC12_A channel Ax is connected internally to AVSS if not selected by the respective INCHx bits.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
99
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.13.11 Port P8, P8.0 to P8.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
S8...S15
LCDS8...LCDS15
P8REN.x
P8DIR.x
0
From module
1
P8OUT.x
0
Module X OUT
1
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
P8DS.x
0: Low drive
1: High drive
P8SEL.x
P8IN.x
EN
Bus
Keeper
P8.0/TB0CLK/S15
P8.1/UCB1STE/UCA1CLK/S14
P8.2/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO/S13
P8.3/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI/S12
P8.4/UCB1CLK/UCA1STE/S11
P8.5/UCB1SIMO//UCB1SDA/S10
P8.6/UCB1SOMI/UCB1SCL/S9
P8.7/S8
D
Module X IN
Figure 6-12. Port P8 (P8.0 to P8.7) Schematic
100
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-59. Port P8 (P8.0 to P8.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P9.x)
P8.0/TB0CLK/S15
x
0
FUNCTION
P8.0 (I/O)
Timer TB0.TB0CLK clock input
S15
P8.1/UCB1STE/UCA1CLK/S14
1
P8.1 (I/O)
UCB1STE/UCA1CLK
S14
P8.2/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO/S13
2
P8.2 (I/O)
UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
S13
P8.3/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI/S12
P8.4/UCB1CLK/UCA1STE/S11
P8.5/UCB1SIMO/UCB1SDA/S10
P8.6/UCB1SOMI/UCB1SCL/S9
P8.7/S8
3
4
5
6
7
P8DIR.x
P8SEL.x
LCDS8...16
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
1
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
1
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
X
1
0
S12
X
X
1
P8.3 (I/O)
P8.4 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
UCB1CLK/UCA1STE
X
1
0
S11
X
X
1
P8.5 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
UCB1SIMO/UCB1SDA
X
1
0
S10
X
X
1
P8.6 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
UCB1SOMI/UCB1SCL
X
1
0
S9
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
X
1
P8.7 (I/O)
S8
(1)
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
X = Don't care
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
101
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.13.12 Port P9, P9.0 to P9.7, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Pad Logic
S0...S7
LCDS0...LCDS7
P9REN.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
P9DIR.x
P9OUT.x
P9.0/S7
P9.1/S6
P9.2/S5
P9.3/S4
P9.4/S3
P9.5/S2
P9.6/S1
P9.7/S0
P9DS.x
0: Low drive
1: High drive
P9IN.x
Bus
Keeper
Figure 6-13. Port P9 (P9.0 to P9.7) Schematic
Table 6-60. Port P9 (P9.0 to P9.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P9.x)
x
P9.0/S7
0
FUNCTION
P9.0 (I/O)
S7
P9.1/S6
1
P9.1 (I/O)
S6
P9.2/S5
2
P9.2 (I/O)
S5
P9.3/S4
3
P9.4/S3
4
P9.3 (I/O)
S4
P9.4 (I/O)
S3
P9.5/S2
5
P9.5 (I/O)
S2
P9.6/S1
6
P9.6 (I/O)
S1
(1)
102
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
P9DIR.x
P9SEL.x
LCDS0...7
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
X
1
X = Don't care
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Table 6-60. Port P9 (P9.0 to P9.7) Pin Functions (continued)
PIN NAME (P9.x)
P9.7/S0
x
7
FUNCTION
P9.7 (I/O)
S0
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
P9DIR.x
P9SEL.x
LCDS0...7
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
X
1
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
103
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
6.13.13 Port PU.0, PU.1 Ports
LDOO
VSSU
Pad Logic
PUOPE
PU.0
PUOUT0
PUIN0
PUIPE
PUIN1
PU.1
PUOUT1
Figure 6-14. Port U (PU.0 and PU.1) Schematic
Table 6-61. Port PU.0, PU.1 Functions (1)
(1)
104
PUIPE
PUOPE
PUOUT1
PUOUT0
PU.1
PU.0
PORT U FUNCTION
0
1
0
0
Output low
Output low
Outputs enabled
0
1
0
1
Output low
Output high
Outputs enabled
0
1
1
0
Output high
Output low
Outputs enabled
0
1
1
1
Output high
Output high
Outputs enabled
1
0
X
X
Input enabled
Input enabled
Inputs enabled
0
0
X
X
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
Outputs and inputs disabled
PU.1 and PU.0 inputs and outputs are supplied from LDOO. LDOO can be generated by the device using the integrated 3.3-V LDO
when enabled. LDOO can also be supplied externally when the 3.3-V LDO is not being used and is disabled.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
6.13.14 Port J, J.0 JTAG Pin TDO, Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger or Output
Pad Logic
PJREN.0
PJDIR.0
0
DVCC
1
PJOUT.0
0
From JTAG
1
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
PJ.0/TDO
PJDS.0
0: Low drive
1: High drive
From JTAG
PJIN.0
EN
D
Figure 6-15. Port J (PJ.0) Schematic
6.13.15 Port J, J.1 to J.3 JTAG Pins TMS, TCK, TDI/TCLK, Input/Output With Schmitt
Trigger or Output
Pad Logic
PJREN.x
PJDIR.x
0
DVSS
1
PJOUT.x
0
From JTAG
1
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
PJDS.x
0: Low drive
1: High drive
From JTAG
1
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.3/TCK
PJIN.x
EN
To JTAG
D
Figure 6-16. Port PJ (PJ.1 to PJ.3) Schematic
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
105
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Table 6-62. Port PJ (PJ.0 to PJ.3) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (PJ.x)
x
CONTROL BITS OR
SIGNALS (1)
FUNCTION
PJDIR.x
PJ.0/TDO
0
PJ.0 (I/O) (2)
I: 0; O: 1
TDO (3)
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
1
X
PJ.1 (I/O) (2)
TDI/TCLK (3)
PJ.2/TMS
2
PJ.2 (I/O)
TMS (3)
PJ.3/TCK
3
106
(4)
X
(2)
I: 0; O: 1
(4)
X
PJ.3 (I/O) (2)
TCK (3)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
I: 0; O: 1
I: 0; O: 1
(4)
X
X = Don't care
Default condition
The pin direction is controlled by the JTAG module.
In JTAG mode, pullups are activated automatically on TMS, TCK, and TDI/TCLK. PJREN.x are don't care.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
6.14 Device Descriptors
Table 6-63 list the complete contents of the device descriptor tag-length-value (TLV) structure for each
device type.
Table 6-63. MSP430F643x Device Descriptor Table (1)
Info Block
Die Record
ADC12 Calibration
(1)
VALUE
ADDRESS
SIZE
(bytes)
F6438
F6436
F6435
F6433
Info length
01A00h
1
06h
06h
06h
06h
CRC length
01A01h
1
06h
06h
06h
06h
CRC value
01A02h
2
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
DESCRIPTION
Device ID
01A04h
2
8124h
8122h
8121h
811Fh
Hardware revision
01A06h
1
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Firmware revision
01A07h
1
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Die record tag
01A08h
1
08h
08h
08h
08h
Die record length
01A09h
1
0Ah
0Ah
0Ah
0Ah
Lot/wafer ID
01A0Ah
4
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Die X position
01A0Eh
2
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Die Y position
01A10h
2
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Test results
01A12h
2
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
ADC12 calibration tag
01A14h
1
11h
11h
11h
11h
ADC12 calibration length
01A15h
1
10h
10h
10h
10h
ADC gain factor
01A16h
2
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
ADC offset
01A18h
2
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
ADC 1.5-V reference
temperature sensor 30°C
01A1Ah
2
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
ADC 1.5-V reference
temperature sensor 85°C
01A1Ch
2
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
ADC 2.0-V reference
temperature sensor 30°C
01A1Eh
2
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
ADC 2.0-V reference
temperature sensor 85°C
01A20h
2
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
ADC 2.5-V reference
temperature sensor 30°C
01A22h
2
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
ADC 2.5-V reference
temperature sensor 85°C
01A24h
2
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
NA = Not applicable
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
107
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
7 Device and Documentation Support
7.1
Device Support
7.1.1
Development Support
7.1.1.1
Getting Started and Next Steps
For more information on the MSP430™ family of devices and the tools and libraries that are available to
help with your development, visit the Getting Started page.
7.1.1.2
Development Tools Support
All MSP430™ microcontrollers are supported by a wide variety of software and hardware development
tools. Tools are available from TI and various third parties. See them all at www.ti.com/msp430tools.
7.1.1.2.1 Hardware Features
See the Code Composer Studio for MSP430 User's Guide (SLAU157) for details on the available features.
MSP430
ARCHITECTURE
4-WIRE
JTAG
2-WIRE
JTAG
BREAKPOINTS
(N)
RANGE
BREAKPOINTS
CLOCK
CONTROL
STATE
SEQUENCER
TRACE
BUFFER
LPMx.5
DEBUGGING
SUPPORT
MSP430Xv2
Yes
Yes
8
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
7.1.1.2.2 Recommended Hardware Options
7.1.1.2.2.1 Target Socket Boards
The target socket boards allow easy programming and debugging of the device using JTAG. They also
feature header pin outs for prototyping. Target socket boards are orderable individually or as a kit with the
JTAG programmer and debugger included. The following table shows the compatible target boards and
the supported packages.
PACKAGE
TARGET BOARD AND PROGRAMMER BUNDLE
TARGET BOARD ONLY
100-pin LQFP (PZ)
MSP-FET430U100C
MSP-TS430PZ100C
7.1.1.2.2.2 Experimenter Boards
Experimenter Boards and Evaluation kits are available for some MSP430 devices. These kits feature
additional hardware components and connectivity for full system evaluation and prototyping. See
www.ti.com/msp430tools for details.
7.1.1.2.2.3 Debugging and Programming Tools
Hardware programming and debugging tools are available from TI and from its third party suppliers. See
the full list of available tools at www.ti.com/msp430tools.
7.1.1.2.2.4 Production Programmers
The production programmers expedite loading firmware to devices by programming several devices
simultaneously.
PART NUMBER
MSP-GANG
108
PC PORT
Serial and USB
Device and Documentation Support
FEATURES
PROVIDER
Program up to eight devices at a time. Works with a PC or as a
stand-alone package.
Texas Instruments
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
7.1.1.2.3 Recommended Software Options
7.1.1.2.3.1 Integrated Development Environments
Software development tools are available from TI or from third parties. Open source solutions are also
available.
This device is supported by Code Composer Studio™ IDE (CCS).
7.1.1.2.3.2 MSP430Ware
MSP430Ware is a collection of code examples, data sheets, and other design resources for all MSP430
devices delivered in a convenient package. In addition to providing a complete collection of existing
MSP430 design resources, MSP430Ware also includes a high-level API called MSP430 Driver Library.
This library makes it easy to program MSP430 hardware. MSP430Ware is available as a component of
CCS or as a stand-alone package.
7.1.1.2.3.3 TI-RTOS
TI-RTOS is a complete real-time operating system for the MSP430 microcontrollers. It combines a realtime multitasking kernel SYS/BIOS with additional middleware components. TI-RTOS is available free of
charge and provided with full source code.
7.1.1.2.3.4 Command-Line Programmer
MSP430 Flasher is an open-source, shell-based interface for programming MSP430 microcontrollers
through a FET programmer or eZ430 using JTAG or Spy-Bi-Wire (SBW) communication. MSP430 Flasher
can be used to download binary files (.txt or .hex) files directly to the MSP430 Flash without the need for
an IDE.
7.1.2
Device and Development Tool Nomenclature
To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all
MSP430 MCU devices and support tools. Each MSP430 MCU commercial family member has one of
three prefixes: MSP, PMS, or XMS (for example, MSP430F5438A). TI recommends two of three possible
prefix designators for its support tools: MSP and MSPX. These prefixes represent evolutionary stages of
product development from engineering prototypes (with XMS for devices and MSPX for tools) through fully
qualified production devices and tools (with MSP for devices and MSP for tools).
Device development evolutionary flow:
XMS – Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the electrical specifications for the
final device
PMS – Final silicon die that conforms to the electrical specifications for the device but has not completed
quality and reliability verification
MSP – Fully qualified production device
Support tool development evolutionary flow:
MSPX – Development-support product that has not yet completed TI's internal qualification testing.
MSP – Fully-qualified development-support product
XMS and PMS devices and MSPX development-support tools are shipped against the following
disclaimer:
"Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes."
MSP devices and MSP development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality and
reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI's standard warranty applies.
Device and Documentation Support
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
109
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
www.ti.com
Predictions show that prototype devices (XMS and PMS) have a greater failure rate than the standard
production devices. TI recommends that these devices not be used in any production system because
their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are to be used.
TI device nomenclature also includes a suffix with the device family name. This suffix indicates the
package type (for example, PZP) and temperature range (for example, T). Figure 7-1 provides a legend
for reading the complete device name for any family member.
MSP 430 F 5 438 A I ZQW T -EP
Processor Family
Optional: Additional Features
MCU Platform
Optional: Tape and Reel
Device Type
Packaging
Series
Feature Set
Processor Family
MCU Platform
Optional: Temperature Range
Optional: A = Revision
CC = Embedded RF Radio
MSP = Mixed-Signal Processor
XMS = Experimental Silicon
PMS = Prototype Device
430 = MSP430 low-power microcontroller platform
Device Type
Memory Type
C = ROM
F = Flash
FR = FRAM
G = Flash or FRAM (Value Line)
L = No Nonvolatile Memory
Series
1 Series = Up to 8 MHz
2 Series = Up to 16 MHz
3 Series = Legacy
4 Series = Up to 16 MHz with LCD
Feature Set
Various Levels of Integration Within a Series
Optional: A = Revision
N/A
Specialized Application
AFE = Analog Front End
BT = Preprogrammed with Bluetooth
BQ = Contactless Power
CG = ROM Medical
FE = Flash Energy Meter
FG = Flash Medical
FW = Flash Electronic Flow Meter
5 Series = Up to 25 MHz
6 Series = Up to 25 MHz with LCD
0 = Low-Voltage Series
Optional: Temperature Range S = 0°C to 50°C
C = 0°C to 70°C
I = –40°C to 85°C
T = –40°C to 105°C
Packaging
http://www.ti.com/packaging
Optional: Tape and Reel
T = Small Reel
R = Large Reel
No Markings = Tube or Tray
Optional: Additional Features -EP = Enhanced Product (–40°C to 105°C)
-HT = Extreme Temperature Parts (–55°C to 150°C)
-Q1 = Automotive Q100 Qualified
Figure 7-1. Device Nomenclature
110
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
www.ti.com
7.2
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
Documentation Support
The following documents describe the MSP430F643x devices. Copies of these documents are available
on the Internet at www.ti.com.
7.3
SLAU208
MSP430x5xx and MSP430x6xx Family User's Guide. Detailed information on the modules
and peripherals available in this device family.
SLAZ327
MSP430F6438 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for this device.
SLAZ326
MSP430F6436 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for this device.
SLAZ325
MSP430F6435 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for this device.
SLAZ324
MSP430F6433 Device Erratasheet. Describes the known exceptions to the functional
specifications for this device.
Related Links
Table 7-1 lists quick access links. Categories include technical documents, support and community
resources, tools and software, and quick access to sample or buy.
Table 7-1. Related Links
PARTS
PRODUCT FOLDER
SAMPLE & BUY
TECHNICAL
DOCUMENTS
TOOLS &
SOFTWARE
SUPPORT &
COMMUNITY
MSP430F6438
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430F6436
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430F6435
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430F6433
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Device and Documentation Support
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
111
MSP430F6438, MSP430F6436, MSP430F6435, MSP430F6433
SLAS720D – AUGUST 2010 – REVISED DECEMBER 2015
7.4
www.ti.com
Community Resources
The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the
respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views;
see TI's Terms of Use.
TI E2E™ Community
TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster collaboration among engineers. At
e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge, explore ideas, and help solve problems with fellow
engineers.
TI Embedded Processors Wiki
Texas Instruments Embedded Processors Wiki. Established to help developers get started with embedded
processors from Texas Instruments and to foster innovation and growth of general knowledge about the
hardware and software surrounding these devices.
7.5
Trademarks
MSP430, Code Composer Studio, E2E are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
7.6
Electrostatic Discharge Caution
This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled with
appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.
ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may be more
susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications.
7.7
Export Control Notice
Recipient agrees to not knowingly export or re-export, directly or indirectly, any product or technical data
(as defined by the U.S., EU, and other Export Administration Regulations) including software, or any
controlled product restricted by other applicable national regulations, received from disclosing party under
nondisclosure obligations (if any), or any direct product of such technology, to any destination to which
such export or re-export is restricted or prohibited by U.S. or other applicable laws, without obtaining prior
authorization from U.S. Department of Commerce and other competent Government authorities to the
extent required by those laws.
7.8
Glossary
TI Glossary This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.
8 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information
The following pages include mechanical, packaging, and orderable information. This information is the
most current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and
revision of this document. For browser-based versions of this data sheet, refer to the left-hand navigation.
112
Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information
Copyright © 2010–2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430F6438 MSP430F6436 MSP430F6435 MSP430F6433
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
4-Sep-2015
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Orderable Device
Status
(1)
Package Type Package Pins Package
Drawing
Qty
Eco Plan
Lead/Ball Finish
MSL Peak Temp
(2)
(6)
(3)
Op Temp (°C)
Device Marking
(4/5)
MSP430F6433IPZ
ACTIVE
LQFP
PZ
100
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
M430F6433
MSP430F6433IPZR
ACTIVE
LQFP
PZ
100
1000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
M430F6433
MSP430F6433IZQWR
ACTIVE
BGA
MICROSTAR
JUNIOR
ZQW
113
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
M430F6433
MSP430F6435IPZ
ACTIVE
LQFP
PZ
100
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
M430F6435
MSP430F6435IPZR
ACTIVE
LQFP
PZ
100
1000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
M430F6435
MSP430F6435IZQWR
ACTIVE
BGA
MICROSTAR
JUNIOR
ZQW
113
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
M430F6435
MSP430F6436IPZ
ACTIVE
LQFP
PZ
100
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
M430F6436
MSP430F6436IPZR
ACTIVE
LQFP
PZ
100
1000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
M430F6436
MSP430F6436IZQWR
ACTIVE
BGA
MICROSTAR
JUNIOR
ZQW
113
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
M430F6436
MSP430F6438IPZ
ACTIVE
LQFP
PZ
100
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
M430F6438
MSP430F6438IPZR
ACTIVE
LQFP
PZ
100
1000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
M430F6438
MSP430F6438IZQWR
ACTIVE
BGA
MICROSTAR
JUNIOR
ZQW
113
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
M430F6438
(1)
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
Addendum-Page 1
Samples
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
4-Sep-2015
(2)
Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability
information and additional product content details.
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that
lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between
the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.
Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight
in homogeneous material)
(3)
MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.
(4)
There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.
(5)
Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.
(6)
Lead/Ball Finish - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead/Ball Finish values may wrap to two lines if the finish
value exceeds the maximum column width.
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.
Addendum-Page 2
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
9-Oct-2015
TAPE AND REEL INFORMATION
*All dimensions are nominal
Device
Package Package Pins
Type Drawing
SPQ
Reel
Reel
A0
Diameter Width (mm)
(mm) W1 (mm)
B0
(mm)
K0
(mm)
P1
(mm)
W
Pin1
(mm) Quadrant
MSP430F6433IZQWR
BGA MI
CROSTA
R JUNI
OR
ZQW
113
2500
330.0
16.4
7.3
7.3
1.5
12.0
16.0
Q1
MSP430F6435IZQWR
BGA MI
CROSTA
R JUNI
OR
ZQW
113
2500
330.0
16.4
7.3
7.3
1.5
12.0
16.0
Q1
MSP430F6436IPZR
MSP430F6436IZQWR
MSP430F6438IPZR
MSP430F6438IZQWR
LQFP
BGA MI
CROSTA
R JUNI
OR
LQFP
BGA MI
CROSTA
R JUNI
OR
PZ
100
1000
330.0
24.4
17.0
17.0
2.1
20.0
24.0
Q2
ZQW
113
2500
330.0
16.4
7.3
7.3
1.5
12.0
16.0
Q1
PZ
100
1000
330.0
24.4
17.0
17.0
2.1
20.0
24.0
Q2
ZQW
113
2500
330.0
16.4
7.3
7.3
1.5
12.0
16.0
Q1
Pack Materials-Page 1
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
9-Oct-2015
*All dimensions are nominal
Device
Package Type
Package Drawing
Pins
SPQ
Length (mm)
Width (mm)
Height (mm)
MSP430F6433IZQWR
BGA MICROSTAR
JUNIOR
ZQW
113
2500
336.6
336.6
28.6
MSP430F6435IZQWR
BGA MICROSTAR
JUNIOR
ZQW
113
2500
336.6
336.6
28.6
MSP430F6436IPZR
LQFP
PZ
100
1000
367.0
367.0
45.0
MSP430F6436IZQWR
BGA MICROSTAR
JUNIOR
ZQW
113
2500
336.6
336.6
28.6
MSP430F6438IPZR
LQFP
PZ
100
1000
367.0
367.0
45.0
MSP430F6438IZQWR
BGA MICROSTAR
JUNIOR
ZQW
113
2500
336.6
336.6
28.6
Pack Materials-Page 2
MECHANICAL DATA
MTQF013A – OCTOBER 1994 – REVISED DECEMBER 1996
PZ (S-PQFP-G100)
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK
0,27
0,17
0,50
75
0,08 M
51
76
50
100
26
1
0,13 NOM
25
12,00 TYP
Gage Plane
14,20
SQ
13,80
16,20
SQ
15,80
0,05 MIN
1,45
1,35
0,25
0°– 7°
0,75
0,45
Seating Plane
0,08
1,60 MAX
4040149 /B 11/96
NOTES: A. All linear dimensions are in millimeters.
B. This drawing is subject to change without notice.
C. Falls within JEDEC MS-026
POST OFFICE BOX 655303
• DALLAS, TEXAS 75265
1
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, enhancements, improvements and other
changes to its semiconductor products and services per JESD46, latest issue, and to discontinue any product or service per JESD48, latest
issue. Buyers should obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and
complete. All semiconductor products (also referred to herein as “components”) are sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale
supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.
TI warrants performance of its components to the specifications applicable at the time of sale, in accordance with the warranty in TI’s terms
and conditions of sale of semiconductor products. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary
to support this warranty. Except where mandated by applicable law, testing of all parameters of each component is not necessarily
performed.
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or the design of Buyers’ products. Buyers are responsible for their products and
applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with Buyers’ products and applications, Buyers should provide
adequate design and operating safeguards.
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any patent right, copyright, mask work right, or
other intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI components or services are used. Information
published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license to use such products or services or a warranty or
endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual property of the
third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.
Reproduction of significant portions of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration
and is accompanied by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered
documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional restrictions.
Resale of TI components or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that component or service
voids all express and any implied warranties for the associated TI component or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice.
TI is not responsible or liable for any such statements.
Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for compliance with all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements
concerning its products, and any use of TI components in its applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support
that may be provided by TI. Buyer represents and agrees that it has all the necessary expertise to create and implement safeguards which
anticipate dangerous consequences of failures, monitor failures and their consequences, lessen the likelihood of failures that might cause
harm and take appropriate remedial actions. Buyer will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use
of any TI components in safety-critical applications.
In some cases, TI components may be promoted specifically to facilitate safety-related applications. With such components, TI’s goal is to
help enable customers to design and create their own end-product solutions that meet applicable functional safety standards and
requirements. Nonetheless, such components are subject to these terms.
No TI components are authorized for use in FDA Class III (or similar life-critical medical equipment) unless authorized officers of the parties
have executed a special agreement specifically governing such use.
Only those TI components which TI has specifically designated as military grade or “enhanced plastic” are designed and intended for use in
military/aerospace applications or environments. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that any military or aerospace use of TI components
which have not been so designated is solely at the Buyer's risk, and that Buyer is solely responsible for compliance with all legal and
regulatory requirements in connection with such use.
TI has specifically designated certain components as meeting ISO/TS16949 requirements, mainly for automotive use. In any case of use of
non-designated products, TI will not be responsible for any failure to meet ISO/TS16949.
Products
Applications
Audio
www.ti.com/audio
Automotive and Transportation
www.ti.com/automotive
Amplifiers
amplifier.ti.com
Communications and Telecom
www.ti.com/communications
Data Converters
dataconverter.ti.com
Computers and Peripherals
www.ti.com/computers
DLP® Products
www.dlp.com
Consumer Electronics
www.ti.com/consumer-apps
DSP
dsp.ti.com
Energy and Lighting
www.ti.com/energy
Clocks and Timers
www.ti.com/clocks
Industrial
www.ti.com/industrial
Interface
interface.ti.com
Medical
www.ti.com/medical
Logic
logic.ti.com
Security
www.ti.com/security
Power Mgmt
power.ti.com
Space, Avionics and Defense
www.ti.com/space-avionics-defense
Microcontrollers
microcontroller.ti.com
Video and Imaging
www.ti.com/video
RFID
www.ti-rfid.com
OMAP Applications Processors
www.ti.com/omap
TI E2E Community
e2e.ti.com
Wireless Connectivity
www.ti.com/wirelessconnectivity
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright © 2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated